Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1247
CSEC Model Exam 1 Paper 2 CSEC Model Exam 2 Paper 1 CSEC Model Exam 2 Paper 2 CSEC Model Exam 3 Paper 1 CSEC Model Exam 3 Paper 2 CSEC Model Exam 4 Paper 1 CSEC Model Exam 4 Paper 2 CSEC Model Exam 5 Paper 1 CSEC Model Exam 5 Paper 2 CSEC Model Exam 1 Paper 1 CSEC MODEL EXAMINATIONS Caribbean Educational Publishers Lt

description

CXC Mathematics Multiple Choice PPT practice questions. This slides included 1247 slides, so be careful printing. Download and print back and front to use less paper.

Transcript of Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Page 1: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC Model Exam 1 Paper 2

CSEC Model Exam 2 Paper 1

CSEC Model Exam 2 Paper 2

CSEC Model Exam 3 Paper 1

CSEC Model Exam 3 Paper 2

CSEC Model Exam 4 Paper 1

CSEC Model Exam 4 Paper 2

CSEC Model Exam 5 Paper 1

CSEC Model Exam 5 Paper 2

CSEC Model Exam 1 Paper 1

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATIONS

Caribbean Educational Publishers Ltd.

Page 2: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 1MATHEMATICS

Paper 190 minutes

Answer ALL the questions

NEXT

Page 3: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. The decimal fraction 0.625 written as a common fraction, in its lowest terms, is

ANSWER

(C)(A) (D)(B)4

5

3

45

88

9

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 4: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. Multiply the decimal fraction with three

decimal places by , which is 1, to make

the decimal fraction a common fraction.

625 25

1 000 2525

4025 5

405

8

5

1 0000.625 0.625

1 000625

1 000

1000

1000

Divide both the numerator and the denominator by their common factor 25.

Divide both the numerator and the denominator by their common factor 5.

This is the common fraction written in its lowest terms.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 5: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. The number 8.150 46 written correct to 3 decimal places is

ANSWER

(C) 8.151(A) 8.149 (D) 8.152(B) 8.150

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 6: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. 8.150 46 = 8.150 4 6 = 8.150

The digit in the 4th decimal place is 4, which is less than 5, so we do not add 1 to the digit in the 3rd decimal place. The digit in the 3rd decimal place remains unchanged.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 7: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. The exact value of 0.615 × 0.07 is

ANSWER

(C) 4.305

(A) 0.043 05

(D) 43.05

(B) 0.430 5

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 8: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. 0.615 οr

0.07

0.043 05

0.615 × 0.07 = 0.043 05 3 dp + 2 dp = 5 dp

615

7

4 305

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 9: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. The exact value of 7 ÷ (0.01)2 is

ANSWER

(C) 7 000

(A) 0.000 7

(D) 70 000

(B) 0.000 07

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 10: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4.

Invert the product of fractions which is the divisor and multiply instead of divide.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

22

2

77 (0.01)

(0.01)

7(0.01) 0.01 0.01

0.01 0.017 1

0.011 1 100

100 1007 100 100

1 1 170 000

Page 11: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. If $450 is divided into two portions in the ratio 4:5, then the smaller portion is

ANSWER

(C) $200(A) $50 (D) $250(B) $150

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 12: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. The number of equal parts = 4 + 5 = 9

the smaller portion= of $450

= × $450

= 4 × $50 = $200

4

9

4

9

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 13: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. If 40% of a number is $70, what is the number?

ANSWER

(C) $175(A) $110 (D) $200(B) $150

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 14: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

3 2

40% of the number $70

100100% of the number $70

40

$

$ 5

70

7

0

14

Page 15: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. What is the least number of cherries that can be shared equally among 5, 10 or 15 children?

ANSWER

(C) 60(A) 30 (D) 75(B) 45

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 16: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. 2 5, 10, 15 3 5, 5, 15 5 5, 5, 5

1, 1, 1

LCM = 2 × 3 × 5 = 30The answer to this question is the LCM of 5, 10 and 15.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 17: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. What is the greatest number that can divide exactly into 12, 20 and 60?

ANSWER

(C) 6(A) 2 (D) 8(B) 4

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 18: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. 2 12, 20, 60 2 6, 10, 30 3, 5, 15

HCF = 2 × 2 = 4The answer to this question is the HCF of 12, 20 and 60.

2 is a common factor of thethree numbers.2 is a common factor of thethree numbers.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 19: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. The exact value of 85 × 104 is

ANSWER

(C) (85 × 100) (85 × 4)

(A) (85 × 100) + 4

(D) (85 × 100) + (85 × 4)

(B) (85 × 100) – (85 × 4)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 20: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. 85 × 104 = 85 × (100 + 4)= 85 × 100 + 85

× 4= (85 × 100) +

(85 × 4)

Using the distributivelaw.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 21: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. The value of the digit 3 in 736.2 is

ANSWER

(C) 3 tens

(A) 3 tenths

(D) 3 hundreds

(B) 3 ones

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 22: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. Hundreds Tens Ones Tenths7 3 6 2

The value of the digit 3 in 736.2 is 3 tens.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 23: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The simple interest earned on $600 at 5% perannum for 3 years is given by

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)600 5

$100 3

600 3$

100 5

600 100$

3 5

600 5 3$

100

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 24: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The simple interest,

P = $600R = 5 %T = 3 years$60

1000 5 3

100

PRTI

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 25: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. A woman bought a sheep for $800 and sold it for $1200. Her gain as a percentage of the cost price is

ANSWER

(C) 45%(A) (D) 50%(B) 40%1

33 %3

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 26: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

The gain $(1 200 800) $400

$ 400The percentage gain

1

$ 8002

100%

50%

Page 27: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. An insurance salesman is paid 4% of his sales as commission. His sales for March were $5 025. How much commission was he paid?

ANSWER

(C) $201.00

(A) $50.25

(D) $402.00

(B) $100.50

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 28: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. The commission 4% of $5 025

4$5 025

1004 $50.25

$201.00

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 29: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. If the simple interest on $700 for 4 years is $168, then the rate of interest per annum is

ANSWER

(C) 7%(A) 5% (D) 8%(B) 6%

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 30: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. The rate of interest per annum,

100

100

IR

PT

168

42

7 00 41

%

6%

I = $168P = $700T = 4 years

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 31: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. The exchange rate for one United States dollar (US $1.00) is six dollars and thirty-four cents in Trinidad and Tobago currency (TT $6.34). What is the value of US $50 in TT currency?

ANSWER

(C) $264(A) $634 (D) $134(B) $317

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 32: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. US $1.00 TT $6.34

US $50 TT $6.34 50

TT $317

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 33: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. A sales tax of 10% is charged on an article. How much does a customer pay for an article marked as $75?

ANSWER

(C) $80.00

(A) $82.50

(D) $79.50

(B) $82.00

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 34: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. The amount the

customer paid (100 10)% of $75

110% of $75

1.10 $75

$82.50

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 35: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. Samuel invested $800 for 3 years at 5% per annum. Marina invested $600 at the same rate.If they both earned the same sum as simpleinterest, how many years did Marina invest hermoney?

ANSWER

(C) 4(A) 6 (D) 3(B) 5

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 36: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. Samuel’s interest,

P = $800R = 5%T = 3 years

The time,

I = $120P = $600R = 5%

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 37: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. A discount of of the marked price is offered

for cash. What is the discount on a dress with amarked price of $150?

ANSWER

(C) $37.50

(A) $25.00

(D) $40.50

(B) $30.00

1

4

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 38: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18.1

The discount of $15041

$1504$37.50

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 39: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19. If P = {2, 3, 5, 7, 9}, Q = {3, 7, 8} andS = {7, 8, 9}, then

ANSWER

(C) {7}

(A) { }

(D) {2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9}

(B) {2}

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 40: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 41: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. U = {integers} N = {natural numbers}Zn = {negative integers}

Which of the Venn diagrams given below illustrates the statement:

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 42: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

“No natural numbers are negative integers”?

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 43: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. No natural numbers are negative integers:

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 44: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

ANSWER

(C) 6(A) 2 (D) 8(B) 4

In the Venn diagram shown above, n(L) = 8, n(M) = 10 and What is

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 45: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 46: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22.

ANSWER

The two circles above represent set X and set Y.If X = {factor of 8} and Y = {factor of 12}, thenthe shaded region represents

(C) {2, 4, 6, 8}

(A) { }

(D) {4, 6, 8, 12}

(B) {1, 2, 4}

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 47: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. 8 1 8

2 4

12 1 12

2 6

3 4

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 48: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. The scale on a map is stated as 1:500 000. Thedistance between two towns as measured onthe map is 1.8 cm. What is the actual distancebetween the two towns?

ANSWER

(C) 9.0 km

(A) 0.9 km

(D) 50 km

(B) 1.8 km

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 49: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. 1:500000 cm 500000 cm

5 00 000

100 000

km

5 km

1.8 cm 5 km×1.8

9.0 km

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 50: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24. The number of kilometres travelled by a vehicle in t hours at a rate of s km per hour is

ANSWER

(C) (A) (D) (B) stst

60ts

ts

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 51: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24. Speed,

Distance, d = st

ds

t Formula

Multiply both sides by t.d is the subject of the formula.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 52: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25. A cuboid with dimensions 12 cm, 10 cm and5 cm occupies space of volume

ANSWER

(C) 81 cm3

(A) 27 cm3

(D) 600 cm3

(B) 54 cm3

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 53: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25. The volume of the cuboid,

The formula for the volume of acuboid.

3

V

12cm 10cm 5cm

600cm

lbh

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 54: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26. A cylindrical block of cheese 8 cm thick has a volume of 500 cm3. A student cuts a uniform slice of 2 cm thickness. What volume of the cheese did the student take?

ANSWER

(C) 100 cm3

(A) 50 cm3

(D) 125 cm3

(B) 75 cm3

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 55: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

3

3

3

The volume of

2the cheese taken 500 cm

81

500 cm4

125 cm

Page 56: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27.

ANSWER

The figure above, not drawn to scale, shows the sector of a circle with centre O. The length of the minor arc PQ is 7 cm. The length of the circumference of the circle is

(C) 56 cm

(A) 21 cm

(D) 63 cm

(B) 28 cm

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 57: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

360The number of 45 in 360 8

45The length of the circumference 7 cm 8

56 cm

Page 58: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. The distance around the edge of a circular table top is 352 cm. The radius of the table top, in centimetres, is

ANSWER

(C) (A) 88 (D) (B) 352176

352

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 59: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

The circumference, 2

So 352 2

352 i.e.

1762

C r

r

r

Page 60: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29. A plane left Guyana at 21:00 h. The next day, the plane arrived at its destination in the same time zone at 02:30 h. How many hours did the flight take?

ANSWER

(C) (A) (D) (B) 31

22

15

2

123

2

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 61: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

The number of hours to

midnight (24:00 21:00) h

3 hours

The number of hours after

1midnight 2 hours

2The number of hours taken for

1the flight 3

15 hours

2

2 hours2

Page 62: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30. An aircraft leaves airport A at 07:30 h and arrives at airport B at 12:30 h, the same day, in the same time zone. The distance between the two airports is 3 600 kilometres. What was the average speed of the aircraft for the flight?

ANSWER

(C) 480 km/h

(A) 180 km/h

(D) 720 km/h

(B) 288 km/h

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 63: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30. The time taken, (12:30 07:30) hours

5 hours

The average speed,

3 600 km

5 h720 km/h

t

ds

t

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 64: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. Each of the letters of the word ‘PERFORM’ is written on a piece of paper. One piece of paper is drawn at random. What is the probability that a letter ‘R’ is drawn?

ANSWER

(C) (A) (D) (B) 1

6

1

3

1

7

2

7

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 65: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

The number of Rs 2

The total number of letters 7

(2

7 )P R

Page 66: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. A die is tossed twice. What is the probability that a ‘2’ followed by an odd number turns up?

ANSWER

(C) (A) (D) (B) 1

12

1

4

1

36

2

3

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 67: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

(2 followed by

an odd number) (2) (odd number)

1 3

6 61 1

61

12

2

P

P P

Page 68: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33.

ANSWER

The bar chart shows the number of students who liked one of five stated colours. How many students took part in the survey?

(C) 80(A) 5 (D) 125(B) 45

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 69: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33. The number of students = 20 + 10 + 5 + 20 + 25

= 80

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 70: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34.

ANSWER

The pie-chart above represents the fruit a group of students ate. If 16 students ate mandarin, then the total number of students in the group is

(C) 128(A) 125 (D) 135(B) 45

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 71: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34. The angle representing the number of students

who ate mandarin 180° 135°

45°

360The total number of student

12

s 1645

6 8

8

1

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 72: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. The lowest weekly wage of a group of employees is $520.60. What is the wage of the highest paid employee, if the range of the wages is $63.20?

ANSWER

(C) $520.60

(A) $63.20

(D) $583.80

(B) $457.40

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 73: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. The range = The highest weekly wage − The lowest weekly wage $520.60 = The highest weekly wage − $63.20The highest weekly wage = $520.60 + $63.20

= $583.80

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 74: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36.

ANSWER(C) 8.5 and 14.5

(A) 0 and 2.5

(D) 14.5 and 20.5

(B) 2.5 and 8.5

The lengths of the pencils of 40 students were measured, to the nearest cm, and the information collected is shown in the frequency table above.

The least and greatest length of the class interval 15–20 are

Frequency 9 17 14

Length of pencil (cm) 3–8 9–14 15–20

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 75: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

3 8 9 14 15 20

2.5 8.5 14.5 20.5

class interval

class boundary

Page 76: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. (5a)2 =

ANSWER

(C) 10a2(A) 10a (D) 25a2(B) 25a

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 77: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. Meaning of a square.

Expanding the term.

Grouping like values.

Multiplying like values.

Simplifying.2

2

2

(5 ) 5 5

5 5

5 5

25

25

a a a

a a

a a

a

a

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 78: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. 2x3 × 3x2 =

ANSWER

(C) 6x6(A) 5x5 (D) 36x5(B) 6x5

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 79: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38.

Expanding the term.

Grouping like values.

Multiplying like values.

Adding the indices.

Simplifying.

3 2

3 2

3 2

3+2

5

5

2 3

2 3

2

6

6

6

3

x x

x x

x x

x

x

x

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 80: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. (6a) × (3b) =

ANSWER

(C) 9ab(A) 9ab (D) 18ab(B) 18ab

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 81: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39.

Expanding theterm.

Grouping likevalues.

Multiplying likevalues.

Simplifying.

( 6 ) ( 3 )

( 6) ( 3)

( 6)

18

( 3)

18

a b

a b

a

b

b

a

a

b

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 82: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. 4(3x y) − 2(5y 3x) =

ANSWER

(C) 6x 14y

(A) 18x 14y

(D) 18x 6y

(B) 8x 4y

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 83: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. 4(3x y) 2(5y 3x) = 4 × 3x + 4 × (y) 2 × 5y 2 × (3x) = 12x 4y 10y 6x = 12x 6x 4y 10y = 18x 14y

Using the distributivelaw.

Simplifying each term.Grouping like terms.Adding like terms.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 84: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. If

ANSWER

(C) 10(A) (D) 3(B)

2 , then 5 2p q p pq

15 6

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 85: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. Substituting the value forp and for q in the formula.Simplifying the twoterms.Subtracting.

25 2 5 5 2

25 1

15

0

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 86: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42. If 40 − 3x = x + 8, then x =

ANSWER

(C) 8(A) 4 (D) 29(B) 8

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 87: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42.

Grouping like terms.

Adding like terms.

Dividing both sides by −4.

Simplifying.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

40 3 8

3 8 40

So 4 32

2

48

3

x x

x x

x

x

Page 88: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43.

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)

2 ( 3 ) (3 2 )a a b b a b 2 22 3a ab b 2 22 3 2a ab b

2 22 9 2a ab b 2 22 9 2a ab b

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 89: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. Use the distributive

law to remove the

brackets.

Adding the middle

terms.

2

2

2

2

2 ( 3 ) (3 2 )

2 6

2

3 2

3 2

a a b b a b

a ab a

a b

b b

ab

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 90: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44. If

ANSWER

(C) (A) 5 (D) (B) 5

2

, when 5, then1

vK v K

v

1

64

16

4

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 91: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44.

Substituting the value for v in theformula.

Squaring and subtracting values.

Dividing.

2

2

1

( 5)

5 125

41

64

vK

v

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 92: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. Yuri’s age is ten years less than twice that of Christine’s age. If Christine’s age is x years, then Yuri’s age, in years, is

ANSWER

(C) x 10

(A) 2(x 5)

(D) 2x 5

(B) 2(x 10)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 93: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. Yuri’s age (2 10) years

(2 10) year

2( 5 ears

s

) yx

x

x

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 94: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46. Which of the equations stated below represents the equation of a straight line?

ANSWER

(C) y = 5x2

(A) y = 3x

(D) y = 4x3

(B)2

yx

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 95: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46. The equation of a straight line is y = mx + cIf c = 0, then y = mxSo y = −3x is the equation of a straight line.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 96: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47. The gradient of the straight line 2y = 4 5x is

ANSWER

(C) 4(A) 5 (D) 2(B) 5

2

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 97: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47.

Writing the terms on the RHS

in the form mx + c.

Dividing each term by 2.

2 4 5

2 5 4

52

2

y x

y x

y x

It is in the form y = mx + c.

So the gradient,5

2.m

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 98: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48. If

ANSWER

(C) 11(A) 1 (D) 17(B) 7

2( ) 5, then ( 3)g x x x g

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 99: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48. Substitute −3 for x.

Simplifying.

Adding.

2( 3) ( 3) ( 3) 5

9 3 5

17

g

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 100: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49.

ANSWER

The relation diagram shown above represents a function. Which of the following equations best describes the function?

(C) f (x) = x 2

(A) f (x) = x

(D) f (x) = 2(x 1)

(B) f (x) = y

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 101: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49. (2) 2(2 1) 2(1) 2 2 2(3) 2(3 1) 2(2) 4 3 4(5) 2(5 1) 2(4) 8 5 8(7) 2(7 1) 2

( ) 2( 1)

(6) 12 7 12

f

f

f

f

ff xff

f x

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 102: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. Which of the following diagrams is not the graph of a function?

(A)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 103: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. (B)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 104: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. (C)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 105: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. (D)

ANSWER

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 106: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50.

Using the vertical line test for a function, it can be seen that The graph represents a one-to-many relation and it is therefore not a function.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 107: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 108: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

In the graph above, when y = 2, the values of x are:

ANSWER

(C) ±1.4(A) ±1.2 (D) ±1.5(B) ±1.3

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 109: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51.

From the construction on the graph, when y = 2, then x = 1.4 and x = 1.4, that is x = ±1.4.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 110: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52.

ANSWER

The half-lines BA and CD are parallel. If angle BCD is 65°, then angle ABC is

(C) 130°(A) 65° (D) 145°(B) 115°

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 111: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52. Interior angles are

supplementary.

Substitute the

value of angle

BCD.

Subtract 65° from

both sides.

Subtracting.

ˆˆ 180°

ˆ 65° 180°

ˆ 180° 65

115°

°

ABC BCD

ABC

ABC

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 112: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53.

ANSWER

AC and DE are straight lines that intersects at B.Angle ABE = 127°The size of angle ABD is

(C) 127°(A) 53° (D) 233°(B) 74°

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 113: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53. The sum ofangles on astraight line.Substitute thevalue for angleABE.Subtract 127°from both sides.Subtracting.

ˆ ˆ 180°

ˆ 127° 180°

ˆ 180° 127°

53°

ABD ABE

ABD

ABD

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 114: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

ANSWER

The line segment PQ is mapped onto the line segment P′ Q′ by a translation. The matrix that represents this translation is

(C) (A) (D)(B)1

2

2

1

2

3

3

5

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 115: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

5 3

2

3 2

5 3

3 2

1

T P P

T P P

or

8 6

6

1

5

2

8 6

6 5

T Q Q

T Q Q

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 116: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

or

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 117: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 118: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The shaded triangle is rotated through an angle of 90° in a counter-clockwise direction about thepoint P. Which of the four triangles represent theimage of the shaded triangle?

ANSWER

(C) C(A) A (D) D(B) B

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 119: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 120: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 121: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

In the diagram above, the line segment PQ is the image of LM after

ANSWER

(C) a reflection in the x-axis

(A) an enlargement of scale factor 1

(D) a rotation through with centre O

(B) a translation by vector2

5

90

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 122: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Mx means a reflection in the x-axis.

56.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 123: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 124: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The point P shown in the graph above is reflected in the x-axis. What are the co-ordinates of the image of P?

ANSWER

(C) (2, 3)

(A) (3, 2)

(D) (2, 3)

(B) (3, 2)

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 125: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 126: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58. In a triangle ABC, if angle A = 2x° and angle B = 3x°, then angle C =

ANSWER

(C) (180 5x)°

(A) 36°

(D)

(B) 72°

180

5x

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 127: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58. The sum ofthe angles of atriangle.Substitute thevalue for angle Aand for angle B.Add the xs.

Subtract 5x fromboth sides.

Simplifying.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

ˆ ˆˆ 180°

ˆ2 ° 3 ° 180°

ˆSo 5 ° 180°

ˆ

(18

180°

0 5 )°

5 °

A B C

x x C

x

C

x

C

x

Page 128: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59.

ANSWER

In the right-angled triangle, tan θ =

(C) (A) (D)(B)5

13

12

13

5

12

12

5

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 129: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. Definition of the tangent of anangle.

Using the capital lettersnotation.

Substituting the length foreach side.

tanθ

12 cm

Opp

Adj

AB

BC

5 cm

12

5

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 130: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 131: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The diagram above, not drawn to scale, shows that the angle of depression of a point A on the ground from T, the top of a tower, is 40°. A is 25 m from B, the base of the tower. The height, TB, of the tower, in metres, is

ANSWER

(C) 25 tan 40°

(A) 25 sin 40°

(D) 25 sin 60°

(B) 25 cos 40°

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 132: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

Page 133: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Alternateangles.Definition ofthe tangent ofan angle.Substitute thelength of AB.Multiply bothsides by 25 m.

Model Exam 1 Paper 1

ˆ 40°

tan 40°

25 m25 m tan 40°

or 25 m tan 4 0°

TAB

Opp

Adj

TB

ABTB

TB

TB

Page 134: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 1

MATHEMATICS

Paper 2

2 hours 40 minutes

SECTION I

Answer ALL the questions in this section

All working must be clearly shown

NEXT

Page 135: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) Using a calculator, or otherwise, calculate

the EXACT value of

ANSWER

(i)

(3 marks)

73

151 3

2 43 5

giving your answer as a common fraction

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 136: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) (i)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 137: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)

ANSWER

(3 marks)giving your answer in standard form.

0.0225

36

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

1. (a) Using a calculator, or otherwise, calculate

the EXACT value of

Page 138: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a)(ii)

2

4

2

0.0225 225 10

36 36

15 10

6

2.5 10

Standard form

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 139: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The basic wage earned by a factory worker for a 40-hour week is $640.00.

(i) Calculate her basic hourly rate.

For overtime work, the factory worker is paid one and a half times the basic hourly rate.

1. (b)

ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 140: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (i) The basic hourly rateThe basic wage

The basic week$640

4

$1

0

6

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 141: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The basic wage earned by a factory worker for a 40-hour week is $640.00.

(ii) Calculate her overtime wage for 15 hours of overtime.

1. (b)

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 142: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (ii) The overtime hourly rate = The overtime rate The basic hourly rate

The overtime wage = The overtime hourly rate The number of hours worked overtime= $24 15= $360

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 143: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) The basic wage earned by a factory worker for a 40-hour week is $640.00.

(iii) Calculate the total wages earned by the factory worker for a 60-hour week.

ANSWER

(3 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 144: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b)

(iii)

The number of hours worked overtime

= (60 40) hours = 20 hours

The overtime wage = $24 20= $480

The total wages earned

= The basic wage The overtime wage= $(640 480)= $1120

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 145: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Factorise completely:2. (a)

(i) 8px 5py 8qx 5qy

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 146: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a)(i) 8px 5py 8qx 5qy

= p(8x 5y) q(8x 5y)= (8x 5y) (p q)

Factorise pairwise

Factoriseusing 8x 5yas a commonfactor.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 147: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) 4x2 36

ANSWER

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Factorise completely:2. (a)

(2 marks)

Page 148: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a)(ii) 4x2 36

= 4(x2 9)= 4(x2 32)= 4(x 3)(x 3)

Factorise using 4 as the HCF.

Write as the differenceof two squares.Factorise as the difference of two squares.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 149: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) 5x2 6x 8

ANSWER

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Factorise completely:2. (a)

(2 marks)

Page 150: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2

2

610

5( 8)

( 2)(5 4

440

5 6 8

5 10 4 8

5 ( 2 ( 2)

)

) 4

x

x x

x x x

x x

m nm

m

x

n

x

n

2. (a)(iii)

Factorise pairwiseFactorise usingx 2 as a commonfactor.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 151: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b)One cup of yogurt costs $x and one granolabar costs $y.

One cup of yogurt and three granola bars cost$32.00, while two cups of yogurt and two granola bars cost $30.00.

(i) Write a pair of simultaneous equations in x and y to represent the given information above.

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 152: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) (i) The cost of one cup of yogurt = $x

The cost of one granola bar = $y

The first equation is:x 3y = 32 (in dollars)

The second equation is:2x 2y = 30 (in dollars)

The pair of simultaneous equations in x and y:

x 3y = 32 2x 2y = 30

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 153: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b)

ANSWER

One cup of yogurt costs $x and one granola bar costs $y.

One cup of yogurt and three granola bars cost $32.00, while two cups of yogurt and two granola bars cost $30.00.

Solve the equations to find the cost of one cup of yogurt and the cost of one granola bar. (4 marks)

Total 12 marks

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(ii)

Page 154: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, the cost of a yogurt is $6.50 andthe cost of a granola bar is $8.50.

2. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

So

Page 155: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

In a survey of 85 students,

25 played drums

20 played tassa

x played drums and tassa

3x played neither.

Let D represent the set of students in the survey who played drums, and T the set of students who played tassa.

Copy and complete the Venn diagram

below to represent the information obtained from the survey.

(i) ANSWER

3. (a)

(2 marks)

Page 156: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a)

(i)

The Venn diagram is shown above.

The students who played drums only,

The students who played tassa only,

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

( ) 25 xn D T ( ) 20 xn T D

Page 157: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

In a survey of 85 students,

25 played drums

20 played tassa

x played drums and tassa

3x played neither.

Let D represent the set of students in

the survey who played drums, and T

the set of students who played tassa.

Write an expression in x for the totalnumber of students in the survey.

(ii) ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

3. (a)

Page 158: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The total number of students in thesurvey, n(U ) = 25 x + x + 20 x + 3x

= 2x + 45

3. (a)

(ii)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 159: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a)

ANSWER(2 marks)Calculate the value of x.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

In a survey of 85 students,

25 played drums

20 played tassa

x played drums and tassa

3x played neither.

Let D represent the set of students in the survey who played drums, and T the set of students who played tassa.

(iii)

Page 160: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a)

(iii) n(U ) = 85 and n(U ) = 2x + 45

so we have the following equation:

Hence, the value of x is 20.

Subtract 45 fromboth sides.

Divide both sidesby 2.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

2 45 85So 2 85 45i.e. 2 4

20

040

2

xxx

x

Page 161: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) Using a ruler, a pencil, and a pair of compasses, construct the kite PQRS accurately. ANSWER(4 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

The diagram below, not

drawn to scale, shows a

kite, PQRS, with the

diagonal PR = 6 cm,

3. (b)

Page 162: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i)

Draw a horizontal line greater than 6 cm. Mark a point P to the left of the line. Set your compasses to a separation of 6 cm using a ruler. Place the steel point of the compasses at point P and construct an arc to intersect the horizontal line at point R. PR = 6 cm.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 163: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Set your compasses to a separation of

that is, 3.25 cm. With point P as centre, construct an arc above PR. With point R as centre and the same compasses separation, construct another arc to intersect the previous arc at point Q.

13 cm,

4

13 cm.

4PQ RQ

Set your compasses to a separation of 5 cm. With centres P and R, construct two arcs below PR to intersect at point S.

PS = RS = 5 cm.

Use a ruler and pencil to draw the four sides of the kite PQRS.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 164: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Join QS. Measure and state, in centimetres, the length of QS.

ANSWER(2 marks)

Total 11 marks

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

The diagram below, not drawn to scale,

shows a kite, PQRS, with the diagonal

PR = 6 cm,

3. (b)

Page 165: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Draw a straight line from Q to S. Take a divider and open it from point Q to point S. Measure the separation of the divider using a ruler.

3. (b) (ii)

15 cm 5.

425 cmQS The length of

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 166: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The table below shows two readings from the records of a train.

4. (a)

Town Time Distance travelled (km)

X 07:20 538

Y 09:50 773

Calculate(i) the number of hours taken for the

journey from town X to town YANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 167: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) (i) The number of hours taken for the journey from town X to town Y,

(09 : 50 07 : 20) h

2h 30min

12 h

2

t =

=

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 168: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a)

Calculate (ii) the distance travelled, in kilometres, between the two towns ANSWER(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

The table below shows two readings from the records of a train.

Town Time Distance travelled (km)

X 07:20 538

Y 09:50 773

Page 169: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) (ii) The distance travelled between the two towns, (773 538) km

235 kmd

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 170: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a)

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Calculate (iii) the average speed of the train in km/h

The table below shows two readings from the records of a train.

Town Time Distance travelled (km)

X 07:20 538

Y 09:50 773

Page 171: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a)

235 km1

2 h2

235km/h

52

2235 km/h

54794 km/h

2 km/h

ds

t

The average speed of the train,(iii)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 172: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) The map shown below is drawn to a scale of 1:500 000.

ANSWER(2 marks)

(i) Measure along a straight line and state, in centimetres, the distance on the map from P to Q.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 173: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Open your divider from P to Q, then measure the separation using a ruler.

4. (b) (i)

The distance on the map from P to Q = 5.8 cm

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 174: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Calculate the actual distance, in kilometres, from P to Q ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

4. (b) The map shown below is drawn to a scale of 1:500 000.

Page 175: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The scale is 1: 500 0004. (b) (ii)

The actual distancefrom P to Q = 5.8 5 km = 29.0 km

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

That is 1cm 500 000 cm

5 00 000So 1cm

100 000

km

1cm 5 km

Page 176: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) The actual distance between two places is 8.5 km. Calculate the number of centimetres that represent this distance on the map

ANSWER(3 marks)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

4. (b) The map shown below is drawn to a scale of 1:500 000.

Page 177: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) (iii) 5 km is represented by 1 cm

1 km is represented by1

cm5

8.5 km is represented by 8.5

= 1.7 cm

1cm

5

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 178: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)

5. (a) Given that f (x) = 4x − 7 and g(x) = x2 − 15, calculate the value of

(i) f (−3)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 179: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a) (i) ( ) 4 7

( 3) 4( 3) 7

12 7

19

f x x

f

Substitute −3 for x.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 180: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

5. (a) Given that f (x) = 4x − 7 and g(x) = x2 − 15, calculate the value of

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(ii) gf (2)

Page 181: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a) (ii)

Substitute 2 for x.( ) 4 7

(2) 4(2) 7

8 7

1

f x x

f

Substitute 1 for x.

2

2

( ) 15

(1) (1) 15

1 15

(2) 14

g x x

g

gf

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 182: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Substitute f (x)into g(x) for x.

Or

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

2

2

2

2

2

( ) 4 7

( ) 15

( ) (4 7) 15

(2) (4 2 7) 15

(8 7) 15

1 15

1 15

14

f x x

g x x

gf x x

gf

Page 183: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

5. (a) Given that f (x) = 4x − 7 and g(x) = x2 − 15, calculate the value of

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(iii) f −1(−1)

Page 184: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a) (iii)

Defining equation for f(x).

Interchanging x and y.

Adding 7 to both sides.

Dividing both sides by 4.

Defining equation for f −1(x).1

( ) 4 7

4 7

4 7

4 7

7

4

( )7

4

f x x

y x

x y

y x

y

fx

x

x

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 185: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

5. (b) (i) Given that y = x2 + x − 6, copy and complete the table below.

x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3y 6 −4 −6 −6 −4 6

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 186: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b) (i) 2

2

2

6

when 3, then

( 3) ( 3) 6

9 3 6

when 2, then

2 2

0

4 4

0

6

y x x

x

y

x

y

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 187: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The completed table is shown below.

x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3y 6 0 −4 −6 −6 −4 0 6

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 188: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(5 marks)Total 12 marks

(ii) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 1 unit

on the x-axis and 1 cm to represent

1 unit on the y-axis, draw the graph of

y = x2 + x − 6 for −4 ≤ x ≤ 3.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

5. (b) Given that y = x2 + x − 6, copy and complete the table below.

x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3y 6 −4 −6 −6 −4 6

Page 189: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b) (ii)

Using the given scales, the graph of y = x2 + x − 6 for −4 ≤ x ≤ 3 was drawn on graph paper as shown above.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 190: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

6. The diagram below shows trapeziums A, B and C. The line y = −x is also shown.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 191: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)

6. (a) Describe, fully, the single transformation which maps trapezium A onto

(i) trapezium B

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 192: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (a) (i) The single transformation which mapstrapezium A onto trapezium B is a

translation

with vector

3.

6

Each point on trapezium A is moved 3 units horizontally to the right, then 6units vertically downwards.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 193: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)6. (a) (ii) trapezium C

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 194: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (a) (ii) The single transformation which maps

trapezium A onto trapezium C is a

reflection in the line y = −x .

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 195: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 10 marks

6. (b) State the coordinates of the vertices of trapezium D, the image of trapezium B after a reflection in the line y = −x.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 196: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b) The coordinates of the vertices of trapezium D are:

(3, 0), (1, 2), (1, 4) and (3, 4).

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 197: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. The waiting time, to the nearest minute, experienced by 100 people to catch a bus is shown in the table below.

Waiting Time (minutes)

Number of Students

Cumulative Frequency

1 – 5 9 9 6 – 10 12 2111 – 15 15 3616 – 20 1921 – 25 2226 – 30 1631 – 35 436 – 40 3

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 198: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)7. (a) Use the table given above to construct a

cumulative frequency table.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 199: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a) Interval(minutes)

CumulativeFrequency

< 5.5 9 < 10.5 9 + 12 = 21< 15.5 21 + 15 = 36< 20.5 36 + 19 = 55< 25.5 55 + 22 = 77< 30.5 77 + 16 = 93< 35.5 93 + 4 = 97< 40.5 97 + 3 = 100

The cumulative frequency table is shown above.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 200: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)7. (b) Use the values from your table to draw a

cumulative frequency curve.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 201: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b)

The completed cumulative frequency curve is shown above.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 202: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

7. (c) Use your graph to estimate

(i) the median for the data

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 203: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) (i) Half of the total frequency,

From the graph, the waitingtime corresponding to a total

frequency of 50, Q2 = 19 minutes

Hence, the median for the data is

19 minutes.

1 1100

2 250

n

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 204: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)7. (c) (ii) the number of people who waited less

than 23 minutes

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 205: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) (ii) From the graph, the number of people whowaited less than 23 minutes =

65

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 206: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 12 marks

7. (c) (iii) the probability that a person, chosen at

random from the group, waited for at

least 18 minutes

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 207: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) (iii) From the graph, the number of people whowaited less than 18 minutes =

45 The number of people whowaited for at least 18 minutes

P(x ≥ 18 minutes)

100 45

55

55

1011

20

0

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 208: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. The first three diagrams in a sequence are shown below. Diagram 1 has a single circle, which can be considered as a square pattern formed by a single circle.

Diagram 2 consists of a square of side two circles with two triangles formed at the ends as shown.

Diagram 3 consists of a square of side three circles with two triangles formed at the ends as shown.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 209: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Diagram Number

Number of Circles Forming

the Square

Number of Additional Circles in Two

Triangles

Pattern for Calculating the Total Number of

Circles in the Diagram1 12 1(0) 12 + 1(0)2 22 2(1) 22 + 2(1)3 32 3(2) 32 + 3(2)

(i) 4 42 — —

(ii) — — 8(7) —

(iii) n — — —

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 210: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)8. (a) Draw Diagram 4 in the sequence.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 211: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a)

Diagram 4

Diagram 4 in the sequence is shown above.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 212: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(8 marks)Total 10 marks

8. (b) Complete the table by inserting the appropriate values at the rows

marked (i), (ii) and (iii).

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 213: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) Diagram Number

Number of Circles Forming

the Square

Number of Additional Circles in Two

Triangles

Pattern for Calculating the Total Number of

Circles in the Diagram1 12 1(0) 12 + 1(0)2 22 2(1) 22 + 2(1)3 32 3(2) 32 + 3(2)

(i) 4 42 4(3) 42 + 4(3)

(ii) 8 82 8(7) 82 + 8(7)

(iii) n n2 n(n 1) n2 + n(n 1)

8.

The completed table is shown above.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 214: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

SECTION II

Answer TWO questions in this section

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

NEXT

Page 215: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)

9. (a) Solve the pair of simultaneous equations

y = 1 − 2x

y = 2x2 + 5x − 3

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 216: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

2

2

2

2

2

1 2

2 5 3

: 2 5 3 1 2

Transfer all terms to the LHS:

2 5 2 3 1 0

Add like terms:

2 7 4 0

Factorise the expression on the LHS:

(2 1)( 4) 0 2 2

4 1 4

7 8

y x

y x x

x x x

x x x

x x

x x x x x

x x x

Page 217: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Either 2x – 1 = 0i.e. 2x = 1

Or x + 4 = 0 x = – 4

1

2x

1When , then

21 2

11 2

2

1 1

0

x

y x

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 218: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

When 4, then

1

9

2( 4)

1 8

x

y

10 Hence, , and .4

2 9,x y x y

Page 219: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)

9. (b) Express in the form where a, h and k are

realnumbers

22 5 3x x 2( ) ,a x h k

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 220: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) Factorise out thecoefficient of x2

i.e. 2.

Write as a perfect square.

The LCM of 2 and 16 is 16.

Adding the fractions.

2 2 21 1 5 5

coefficient of 2 2 2 4

x

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

2

2

2 22

2

2

2

2 5 3

5 32

2 2

5 5 3 52

2 4 2 4

5 3 252

4 2 16

5 3(8) 25(1)2

4 16

5 24 252

4 16

x x

x x

xx

x

x

x

22 5 5 3 5

22 4 2 4

x x

Page 221: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Simplifying the fraction.

Multiplying the fraction by 2.

It is in the form where a, h and k are 2, respectively.

2

2

5 492

4 16

5 492

4 8

x

x

2( )a x h k

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

and5

4

49

8

Page 222: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)

9. (c) Using your answer from (b) above, or otherwise, calculate.

(i) the minimum value of22 5 3x x

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 223: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (c)

(i) The minimum value of

2

2

2 5 3

5 492

4 8

x x

x

22 5 3

4

16

8

9

8

x x

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 224: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)

9. (c) Using your answer from (b) above, or otherwise, calculate.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(ii) the value of x where the minimum

occurs

Page 225: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (c) (ii) The minimum occurs where the value of x

5

41

14

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

4

50

45

x

x

Page 226: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)

9. (d) Sketch the graph of y = 2x2 + 5x − 3, clearly showing

the coordinates of the minimum point.

the value of the y-intercept.

the values of x where the graph cuts the

x-axis.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 227: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (d) The coordinates of the minimumpoint are

y = 2x2 + 5x − 3 the value of the y intercept, c = 3

y = 2x2 + 5x − 3 and y = 0 on the x-axis,

so 0 = (2x − 1)(x + 3) by factorising the

expression.

1 11 , 6 .

4 8

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 228: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, x = and x = −3 are the values

of x where the graph cuts the x-axis.

A sketch of the graph of y = 2x2 + 5x − 3 is

shown below.

1

2

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 229: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 230: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 15 marks

9. (e) Sketch on your graph of y = 2x2 + 5x − 3,

the line which intersects the curve at the values of x and y as calculated in (a) above.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 231: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (e) A sketch of the line y = 1 − 2x which intersects the curve

y = 2x2 + 5x − 3 at the points (−4, 9) and is shown below.

1,0

2

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 232: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(1 mark)(i) ABC

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

10. (a) The diagram following, not drawn to scale, shows a circle, centre O. The line DCE is a tangent to the circle. Angle ACE = 46° and angle OCB = 25°.

Calculate:

Page 233: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (i) 46ABC ACE in alternate segment

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 234: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(1 mark) (ii) AOC

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

10. (a) The diagram following, not drawn to scale, shows a circle, centre O. The line DCE is a tangent to the circle. Angle ACE = 46° and angle OCB = 25°.

Calculate:

Page 235: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (ii) at centre =2· at circumference

2

9

46

2

2

AOC ABC

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 236: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(iii) BCD

10. (a) The diagram following, not drawn to scale, shows a circle, centre O. The line DCE is a tangent to the circle. Angle ACE = 46° and angle OCB = 25°.

Calculate:

Page 237: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (iii) betweenradius andtangent atpoint oftangency.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

90

So 2

6

5 90

90

5

25

BCD OCB

BCD

BCD

Page 238: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(iv) BAC

10. (a) The diagram following, not drawn to scale, shows a circle, centre O. The line DCE is a tangent to the circle. Angle ACE = 46° and angle OCB = 25°.

Calculate:

Page 239: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (iv) in alternate segment.

65BAC BCD

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 240: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(1 mark)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(v) OAC

10. (a) The diagram following, not drawn to scale, shows a circle, centre O. The line DCE is a tangent to the circle. Angle ACE = 46° and angle OCB = 25°.

Calculate:

Page 241: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (v)ΔOAC isisosceles,since OC =OA = r.

180

218

4

28

24

0 92

8

AOCOAC

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 242: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(1 mark) (vi) OAB

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

10. (a) The diagram following, not drawn to scale, shows a circle, centre O. The line DCE is a tangent to the circle. Angle ACE = 46° and angle OCB = 25°.

Calculate:

Page 243: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (vi)

2

65 4

1

4

OAB BAC OAC

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 244: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows the positions of two ships, P and Q, relative to a point O. P is on a bearing of 045° from O and the distance OP = 500 km.

Q is on a bearing of 080° from P and the distance PQ = 800 km.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 245: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

10. (b) (i) Copy the diagram above. On you diagram indicate the angles that represent the

bearings of 045° and 080°.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 246: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (i)

A copy of the diagram is shown above. The angles that represent the bearings of 045° and 080° are indicated. The

distances are also indicated.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 247: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows the positions of two ships, P and Q, relative to a point O. P is on a bearing of 045° from O and the distance OP = 500 km.

Q is on a bearing of 080° from P and the distance PQ = 800 km.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 248: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(7 marks)Total 15 marks

10. (b) (ii) Calculate

a) OPQ

b) the distance OQ, to the nearest kilometre

c) the bearing of Q from O

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 249: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (ii) a)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 250: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Interior angles are supplementary,NO //NP.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

180

45 180

180 45

135

NOP NPO

NPO

NPO

Page 251: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Sat apoint.

Hence, OPQ is 145°.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

360

135 80 360

215 360

360 215

145

OPQ NPO NPQ

OPQ

OPQ

OPQ

Page 252: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (ii) b)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 253: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, the distance OQ is 1 243 km, to the

nearest kilometre.

Considering ΔOPQ and using the cosine rule:

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

2 2 2

2 2

ˆ2 cos

500 800 2 500 800 cos145

250 000 640 000 800 000 ( 0.819)

890 000 655 200

1545 200

1545 200 km

(to1 243km the nearest km)

P OPQOQ OP PQ OP Q

OQ

Page 254: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (ii) c)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 255: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, the bearing of Q from O is 066.7°.

Considering ΔOPQ and using the sine rule:

1

1 243 800ˆsin145 sin

800 sin145ˆsin1 243

0.369

ˆ sin 0.369

21.7

POQ

POQ

POQ

45 21.7

66.7

NOQ NOP POQ

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 256: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)

11. (a) The value of the determinant of

is −36.

Calculate the values of x.

4

5

xM

x

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 257: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a)

2

2

2

4

5

The determinant of , 4( 5)

20

And 36.

So 36 20

i.e. 36 20 16

16 4

xM

x

M M x x

x

M

x

x

x

Hence, the values of x are +4 and −4.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 258: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(2 marks)

11. (b) The transformation R is represented by the

matrix1 0

.0 1

The transformation S is represented by the

matrix1 0

.0 1

(i) Write a single matrix, in the form

to represent the combined

transformation S followed by R.

a b

c d

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 259: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (i) The combined transformation S followed by R,

Hence, the single matrix that represents the combined transformation S followed by R is .

1 0

0 1

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 260: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

(ii) Calculate the image of the point P(−7, 4) under the combined transformation S followed by R.

11. (b) The transformation R is represented by the

matrix1 0

.0 1

The transformation S is represented by the

matrix1 0

.0 1

Page 261: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (ii) RS P P′

P′ (7, 4)

Hence, the image of the point P (−7, 4) under the combined transformation S followed by

R is P′ (7, 4).

1 0 7 1 ( 7) 0 4

0 1 4 0 ( 7) 1 4

7

4

P

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 262: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)Or

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 263: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

11. (c)5 2

The matrix .3 1

N

(i) Determine the inverse matrix of N.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 264: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (c) (i) 5 2The matrix

3 1N

The determinant of , 5( 1) 2(3)

5 6

11

N N

The adjoint matrix of 1 2, adjoint

3 5N N

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 265: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 266: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(4 marks)Total 15 marks

(ii) Hence, calculate the value of x and the

value of y for which5 2 4

3 9

x y

x y

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

11. (c)5 2

The matrix .3 1

N

ANSWER

Page 267: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (c) (ii)Given 5 2 4 then

3 9

5 2 4

3 1 9

x y

x y

x

y

1

 It is in the form

So

NX B

X N B

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 268: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, x = 2 and y = −3.

Model Exam 1 Paper 2

Page 269: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 2MATHEMATICS

Paper 190 minutes

Answer ALL the questions

NEXT

Page 270: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (1)3 + (3)2 =

ANSWER

(A) 4

(B) 9

(C) 8

(D) 10

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 271: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (1)3 + (3)2 =

= (1) (1) (1) + (3) (3)

= 1 (1) + 9

Use the meaning of a square and a cube.

The product of two negative signs is a positive sign.

The product of a positive sign and a negative sign is negative.

= 1 + 9

= 8 Subtracting.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 272: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. Express as a decimal correct to 3 significant figures.

ANSWER

(A) 5.27

(B) 5.28

(C) 5.29

(D) 5.30

25

7

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 273: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20.285 . . .

7

25 5.28 5 . . .

5.297

(3 sf )

2. 0.2857 20

1460

56

40

355

The digit after the 3rd significant figure is 5, so we add 1 to the digit 8.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 274: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. The decimal fraction 0.016 expressed as a commonfraction in its lowest terms is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

16

100

4

2502

125

16

1000

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 275: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Write the decimal fraction as an equivalent common fraction.

Divide both the numerator and the denominator by their common factor 8.

This is the common fraction written in its lowest terms.

3. 160.016

1000

16 8

1000 8

2

125

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 276: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. In standard form, 8 504 is

ANSWER

(A) 8.504 102

(B) 8.504 103

(C) 8.504 102

(D) 8.504 103

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 277: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. 8 504 = 8.504 1 000

= 8.504 103

The first number must have a value between 1 and 10.

That is, 1 < first number < 10

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 278: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5.

ANSWER

(A)

(B) 12

(C)

(D)

41

3

1

12

1

81

4

3

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 279: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4

1

1 1 1 1 1

3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1

3 3 3 3

81

5.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 280: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. If 70% of a number is 80, then the number is

ANSWER

(A) 10

(B) 56

(C) 80

(D) 2114

7

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 281: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. The number 8 0100

7 0

800

72

1147

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 282: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. The multiplicative inverse of –5 is

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 5

(C)

(D)

1

51

5

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 283: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5 1

1

5

51

x

x

7. Definition

Divide both sides by –5.

A positive value divided by a negative value is a negative value.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 284: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. The HCF of 15, 30 and 60 is

ANSWER

(A) 3

(B) 5

(C) 15

(D) 45

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 285: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. 3 15, 30, 60

5 5, 10, 20

1, 2, 4

Each of the numbers 15, 30 and 60 is divisible by 15.

The HCF = 3 5 = 15

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 286: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. If 2n is an even number, which of the following is an odd number?

ANSWER

(A) 2n 1

(B) 2(n + 1)

(C) 2n 2

(D) 2(n + 3)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 287: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. Even number = 2n

Odd number = 2n 1

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 288: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. The next term in the sequence 5, 2, 1, 4 is

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 6

(C) 7

(D) 8

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 289: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. 5, 5 3 = 2,

2 3 = 1,

1 3 = 4,

4 3 = 7

A term in the sequence is obtained by subtracting 3 from the term just to its left (the preceding term).

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 290: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. A butcher bought a car for $2 500 and sold it for $3 000. His profit as a percentage of the cost price is

ANSWER

(A) 5%

(B) 10%

(C) 15%

(D) 20%

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 291: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The profit = $(3 000 2 500)

= $500

The percentage profit =

1

$ 500

5

$ 2500100%

= 20%

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 292: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. A boutique gives 10% discount for cash. What is the cash price of a dress with a marked price of $350?

ANSWER

(A) $35

(B) $315

(C) $340

(D) $360

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 293: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. (100 10)% of $350 = 90% of $350

90$350

100

= $315

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 294: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. If J $90.00 is equivalent to US $1.00, then J $5 400.00 equivalent to

ANSWER

(A) US $6.00

(B) US $60.00

(C) US $600.00

(D) US $540

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 295: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. J $90.00 US $1.00

1.00J $1.00 US $

90.001.00

J $5 400.00 US $ 5 400.0090.005 400

US $90

US $60

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 296: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. The freight charges on a parcel is $150 plus custom duties of 20%. What amount of money was paid to collect the parcel?

ANSWER

(A) $160

(B) $170

(C) $180

(D) $190

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 297: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. (100 20)% of $150 120% of $150

120$150

1

$ 0

0

18

0

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 298: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. A man pays $0.25 for each unit of electricity used up to 400 units and $0.31 for each unit of electricity used in excess of 400 units. How much does he pay for consuming 1 200 units of electricity?

ANSWER

(A) $56

(B) $324

(C) $348

(D) $672

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 299: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. The cost for the first 400 units = $0.25 400

= $25 4 = $100

The cost for the remaining = $0.31 800

800 units = $31 8 = $248

The electricity bill = $(100 + 248)

= $348

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 300: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. The table below shows the rates charged by an insurance company for home insurance.

ANSWER

(A) $2 100 (B) $4 500

(C) $4 020 (D) $6 600

House $4.50 per $1 000

Contents $2.10 per $1 000

A house is valued at $800 000 and the contents at $200 000. How much will the owner pay for home insurance?

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 301: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. The cost for insuring the house = $4.50

= $4.50 800

= $450 8

= $3 600

$800 000

$1 000

The cost for insuring the contents = $2.10

= $2.10 200

= $210 2

= $420

$200 000

$1 000

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 302: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The cost for the home insurance = $(3 600 + 420)= $4 020

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 303: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. A student bought 12 blue pens at $15 each and 13 green pens at $10 each. What is the mean cost per pen?

ANSWER

(A) $12.40

(B) $12.50

(C) $12.60

(D) $12.70

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 304: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. The cost for the 12 blue pens = $15 12

= $180

The cost for the 13 green pens = $10 13

= $130

The total cost for the 25 pens = $(180 + 130)

= $310

The mean cost per pen =

= $12.40

$310

25

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 305: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. A woman invested a sum of money at 6% per annum for 2 years. If she collected $ 300 as simple interest, what was the sum of money that she invested?

ANSWER

(A) $2 500

(B) $2 700

(C) $2 800

(D) $10 000

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 306: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. I = $300

R = 6%

T = 2 years

100The principal,

100 300$

IP

RT

50

6 2

100 50$

25

12

$100

50

25

$2 0

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 307: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19.

ANSWER

(A) (P Q)

(B) (P Q)

(C) P Q

(D) P Q

In the Venn diagram above, the shaded region represents

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 308: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19. The unshaded region represents

P Q P or Q

The shaded region represents

(P Q) Not P or Q

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 309: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. If U = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13} and A = {5, 11}, then n(A) =

ANSWER

(A) 2

(B) 4

(C) 6

(D) 8

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 310: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. A = {2, 3, 7, 13}

n(A) = 4

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 311: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

ANSWER

(A) {3, 9, 15, 18, 24}

(B) {3, 6, 9, 12, 15}(C) {6, 12, 18, 24}(D) {6, 12}

In the Venn diagram, set L and set M are represented by two intersecting circles. If L = {multiples of 3 less than 16} and M = {multiples of 6 less than 25}, then the shaded region represents

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 312: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

{3, 6, 9, 12, 15}

{6, 12, 18, 24}

which are common elements.{6, 12}

L

M

L M

Page 313: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. Which of the following pairs of sets are equivalent?

ANSWER

(A) {2, 3} and {a, b, c}

(B) { } and {1, 2, 3}

(C) {a, b, c} and {2, 4}

(D) {1, 2, 3} and {a, b, c}

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 314: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. {1, 2, 3} {a, b, c}

n{1, 2, 3} = 3 n{a, b, c} = 3

The number of elements in each of the sets is 3, therefore the sets are equivalent.

Or

1 a

2 b

3 c

There is a 1 1 correspondence between the elements of the two sets, therefore the sets are equivalent.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 315: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. The volume of a cube with edges of length 1 cm is

ANSWER

(A) 1 cm3

(B) 12 cm3

(C) 16 cm3

(D) 24 cm3

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 316: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. The volume of the cube,

V = l3

= (1 cm)3

= 1 cm3

The formula for thevolume of a cube.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 317: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24. Expressed in millimetres, 470 centimetres is

ANSWER

(A) 4.7

(B) 47

(C) 4 700

(D) 47 000

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 318: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24. 1 cm = 10 mm

470 cm = 10 470 mm

= 4 700 mm

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 319: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25. The lengths of the sides of a triangle are x, 2x and 3x centimetres. The perimeter of the triangle is 30 centimetres. What is the value of x?

ANSWER

(A)

(B) 5

(C) 10

(D) 15

3 5

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 320: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25. The perimeter = (x + 2x + 3x) cm

= 6x cm

Equating the values for the perimeter:

6x = 30

= 5

30

6x

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 321: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26. If Usain Bolt runs the 100 metres race in 9.6 seconds, what was his average speed in metres per second?

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 96

24

254

45

510

12

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 322: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26. The average speed,d = 100 m and t = 9.6 s

100 m

9.6 s

1000m/s

96250

m/s24

510 m/s

12

ds

t

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 323: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27. Forty students each drank 2 bottles of sweet drink. Each bottle held 250 millilitres of sweet drink. How many litres of sweet drink were used?

ANSWER

(A) 20

(B) 80

(C) 500

(D) 20 000

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 324: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27. The number of bottles used = 40 2

= 80

The number of millilitres used = 250 80

= 20 000

The number of litres used =

= 20

20 000

1000

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 325: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. The length of a rectangle is three times that of its width. If the area of the rectangle is 108 cm2, then its width, in cm, is

ANSWER

(A) 6

(B) 26

(C) 27

(D) 36

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 326: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

l = 3w cm28.

A = 108 cm2 b = w cm

The area of the rectangle,A = lb

= (3w w) cm2 Substitute 3w for l and w for b.

= 3w2 cm2

Equating the values for the area:2

2

3 108

108

6 cm

363

36

w

w

w

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 327: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29. A student leaves home at 06:25 h and arrives at school at 07:45 h. The student travels non-stop at an average speed of 60 km/h. What distance, in kilometres, is the student’s home from school?

ANSWER

(A) 40

(B) 50

(C) 70

(D) 80

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 328: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29. The time taken,

t = (07:45 – 06:25) h

= 1 h 20 min 1

1 h3

The distance,

160 1 km

34

60 km3

80 k20 4 km

m

d st

s = 60 km/h

t 1

1 h3

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 329: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

The diagram above shows a sector POQ withsector angle POQ = 45° and radius OQ = r units.The area of the sector POQ is

21π

2r 21

π4

r

21π

6r 21

π8

r

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 330: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30. 2

2

2

2

θThe area of the sector, π

36045

π3601

π8

8

A r

r

r

r

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 331: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Items 31 – 34 refer to the following frequency distribution.The distribution shows the mass of parcels, in kilograms, sent to a skybox by an individual.

Mass of parcel (kg) Number of parcel

2 3

3 7

4 2

5 1

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 332: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. The mode, in kilograms, of the distribution is.

ANSWER

(A) 2

(B) 3

(C) 4

(D) 5

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 333: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. Mode = 3 kg 7 (highest frequency)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 334: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. What is the median, in kilograms, of the distribution?

ANSWER

(A) 4

(B) 3.5

(C) 3

(D) 2

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 335: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. The total frequency = 3 + 7 + 2 + 1

= 13

So the middle value is in the 7th ordered position.

The 7th parcel in ascending or descending order has a

mass of 3 kg.

So the median of the distribution has a mass of 3 kg.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 336: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33. The total mass, in kilograms, of all the parcels sent to the skybox by the individual is

ANSWER

(A) 13

(B) 14

(C) 40

(D) 182

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 337: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

x(kg) f fx

2 3 63 7 214 2 85 1 5

fx = 40

33.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 338: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34. The mean, in kilograms, of the distribution is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

13

131

321

4131

42

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 339: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34.

13 kg

The mean,

40 kg

13

13

fxx

f

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 340: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35.

ANSWER

(A) 400

(B) 300

(C) 200

(D) 100

The pie chart shown above represents the ways in which a school of 600 children watched a movie. The number of children who watched the movie at a cinema is approximately

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 341: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. 1 1The number of children of 600

3 21

3003100

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 342: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36. The volume, in millilitres, of five sizes of bottled orange juice are 500, 250, 2 000, 750, 1 000. The range, in millilitres, is

ANSWER

(A) 250

(B) 500

(C) 1 000

(D) 1 750

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 343: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36. The range

= The greatest volume The least volume

= (2 000 250) ml

= 1 750 ml

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 344: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. 5(x 2) =

ANSWER

(A) 5x 2

(B) 5x + 2

(C) 5x 10

(D) 5x + 10

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 345: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. 5(x 2) = 5 x5 (2)

= 5x + 10

Use the distributivelaw to remove thebrackets.

The product of apositive and a negativesign is a negativesign. The product oftwo negative signs is apositive sign.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 346: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. 4(2x 1) 3(x 5) =

(A) 5x 11

(B) 5x +11

(C) 5x – 6

(D) 5x + 6

ANSWER

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 347: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. 4(2x 1) 3(x 5)

= 8x 4 3x + 15

= 8x 3x + 15 4

= 5x + 11

Use the distributive law on the terms in each pair of brackets.Group like terms.Add like terms.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 348: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. For all x, 4x(x + 3) 2x(5x 1) =

ANSWER

(A) 6x2 + 14x

(B) 6x2 14x

(C) 4x2 10x + 4

(D) 4x2 10x 4

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 349: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. 4x(x + 3) –2x(5x 1)

≡ 4x2 + 12x 10x2 + 2x

≡ 4x2 10x2 + 12x + 2x

≡ 6x2 + 14x

Use the distributive law twice toremove the two pairs of brackets.

Group like terms.

Add like terms.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 350: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40.

ANSWER

(A) 1

(B) 1

(C)

(D)

If 1 , then 10*25*p

p qq

251

10

251

10

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 351: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. 1*

1010 25 1*

2510

15

1 2

1

pp q

q

State the given formula.

Substitute the value for p and for q.

Use the meaning of a square root.

Dividing.

Subtracting.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 352: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. If a = 2 and ab = 10, then (a + b)2 (a2 + b2) =

ANSWER

(A) 20

(B) 20

(C) 78

(D)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 353: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2 2 2

2 2 2

2

So

2 5 2 5

7 4 25

49 29

20

a b a b

41. If 2 and 10

10then

10

25

a ab

ba

Substitute 2 for a and 5 for b.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 354: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42.

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C) 3x

(D)

8 5

9 9x x

13

9x13

6x

1

3x

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 355: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42.

The common denominator is 9x.

Simplify the values in the numerator by subtracting.

Divide both the numerator and denominator by their common factor 3.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 356: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. The statement “When 2 is added to five times a number n, the result is 40.” May be represented by the equation

ANSWER

(A) 2(5n) = 40

(B) 2 5n = 40

(C) 5n + 2 = 40

(D) 5n 40 = 2

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 357: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. Five times a number n = 5n

2 added to five times a number n = 5n + 2

The equation is: 5n + 2 = 40

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 358: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44. If x and y are numbers with x greater than y, then the statement. “The square of the difference of two numbers is always positive.” May be represented as

ANSWER

(A) (x y)2 > 0

(B) x2 y2 > 0

(C) 2(x y) > 0

(D) (x + y)2 > 0

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 359: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44. The difference of the two numbers = x y

The square of the difference of the two numbers = (x y)2

The statement is:

(x y)2 > 0

A positive number is greater than zero.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 360: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. Given that 3x + 8 29, then the range of values of x is

ANSWER

(A) x 7

(B) x > 7

(C)

(D)

37

3x

37

3x

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 361: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. Subtract 8 from both sides.

Subtracting.

Divide both sides by 3.

Dividing.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

3 8 29

3 29 8

3 21

2

7

1

3

x

x

x

x

x

So

Page 362: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46.

ANSWER

(A) y is greater than x

(B) x is a factor of y

(C) x is less than y

(D) x is a multiple of y

The arrow diagram above describes the relation

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 363: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46. 2 4 = 8

4 2 = 8

3 3 = 9

2 5 = 10

Hence, x is a multiple of y.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 364: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47. Which of the following relation diagrams illustrates a function?

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 365: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47.

Each element in the domain is mapped onto one

and only one element in the range.

This relation diagram represents a function.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 366: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48. If f(x) = x2 + x 1, then f(3) =

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 5

(C) 7

(D) 13

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 367: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2

2

( ) 1

( 3) ( 3) ( 3) 1

9 3 1

13

f x x x

f

48. Substitute 3 for x.

Simplify each term.

Subtracting.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 368: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49. Which of the following sets is represented by the relation f: x x2 3?

ANSWER

(A) {(0, 3), (1, 2), (2, 1), (3, 6)}

(B) {(0, 3), (1, 2), (2, 1), (3, 0)}

(C) {(0, 3), (1, 6), (2, 9), (3, 12)}

(D) {(0, 3), (1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 4)}

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 369: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49. f(x) = x2 3

f(0) = 02 3 = 3 (0, 3)

f(1) = 12 3 = 1 3 = 2 (1, 2)

f(2) = 22 3 = 4 3 = 1 (2, 1)

f(3) = 32 3 = 9 3 = 6 (3, 6)

The set is {(0, –3), (1, 2), (2, 1), (3, 6)}

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 370: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50.

ANSWER

(A) y = ax2 + bx

(B) y = bx ax2

(C) y = ax2 + bx + c

(D) y = c + bx ax2

If a, b and c are constants with a > 0, then theequation of the graph could be

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 371: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

a A maximum turning point

c 0 (y-intercept)

Equation is: y = c + bx ax2

50.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 372: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51. Which of the following diagrams is the graph of a function?

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 373: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51.

Using the vertical line test for a function:x1 y1

x2 y2

The graph represents a 1 1 relation which is a function.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 374: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52.

ANSWER

(A) x = y

(B) x < y

(C) x + y = 180

(D) x + y > 180

In the figure above, AB and CD are parallel. Therelation between x and y is

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 375: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52. x + y = 180 The interior angles are supplementary.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 376: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53. Which of the following plane shapes has no line of symmetry?

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 377: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53. Each of these three plane figures has a line of symmetry.

This figure has no line of symmetry.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 378: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

ANSWER

(A) 6 8 (B) 6 10

(C) 8 10 (D) 6 16

The area of PQR, in cm2, is given by

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 379: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

The area of PQR, A = bh

= 6 cm 8 cm

= 6 8 cm2

1

21

21

2

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 380: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

ANSWER

(A) 28

(B) 56

(C) 102

(D) 124

In ABC, angle ABC = x and angle BAC = 28.What is the value of x?

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 381: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

Δ ABC is isosceles since AB = CB.

Also angle BCA = angle BAC = 28°

So x + 28 + 28 = 180i.e. x + 56 = 180 x = 180 – 56 = 124 x = 124

Sum of the angles of a triangle.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 382: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

ANSWER

(A) 640 m(B) 160 m

(C)

(D)

In the diagram above, not drawn to scale, TB represents a hill which is 320 m high, and S is the position of a ship. The angle of elevation of S from T is 30°. The distance of the ship from the top of the hill is

160 3 m320

m2

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 383: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

320 msin 30

1 320 m

22 320

6 0 m

m

4

ST

STST

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 384: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

ANSWER

(A) DAB = 90(B) ADB = ACB

(C) CAB = ACB

(D) ACB + ABD = 90

In the diagram above, not drawn to scale, BODis a diameter of the circle centre O. Which of thefour statements below is false?

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 385: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57. DAB = 90ADB = ACB

CAB + ADB = 90CAB = ACB

DAB = 90

ADB = ACB

Each of these three statements is true.

ADB + ABD = 90ACB + ABD = 90 since ADB = ACB

This statement is false.

The angle in a semicircle is 90º

Angles at the circumference standing on the same arc.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 386: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

In the triangle shown above, tan M is

3

5

4

3

3

4

4

5

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 387: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

Opptan

A

4

3

dj

4 cm

3 cm

M

KL

ML

Definition of the tangent of an angle.

Using the capital letters notation.

Substitute the length of each side.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 388: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. A ship sailed 75 km due east from A to B. It then sailed 50 km due south to C. Which of the diagrams below best represents the path of the ship?

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 389: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. This diagram bestdescribes the pathof the ship.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 390: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

ANSWER

(A) x = 0

(B) y = 0

(C) y = x

(D) x = –y

In the diagram shown, if the line y = –x is rotated about 0 through a clockwise angle of 90°, then its image is

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 391: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

The image is the line y = x.

Model Exam 2 Paper 1

Page 392: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 2

MATHEMATICS

Paper 2

2 hours 40 minutes

SECTION I

Answer ALL the questions in this section

All working must be clearly shown

NEXT

Page 393: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) (i) Using a calculator, or otherwise, determine the exact value of

(2 marks)

ANSWER

5.8 0.39 0.5625

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(ii) Express as a single fraction

(3 marks)

1 35

2 51

32

Page 394: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) (i) 5.8 0.39 0.5625

2.262 0.75

(exact value3 ).012

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 395: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) (ii)1 35

2 51

32

94

101

32

57

5

21

Use the mixed number

Function, , to simplify

the numbers in the numerator. Use the mixed

number function, , to

divide the mixed number in the numerator by the mixed number in the denominator. (single fraction)

ba

c

ba

c

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 396: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) In this question, use CAN $1.00 = GUY

$164.00.

(2 marks) ANSWER

(i) While vacationing in Canada, Robert used his credit card to buy a camcorderfor CAN $450.00.

How many Guyanese dollars is Robert owing on his credit card for this transaction?

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 397: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (i) CAN $1.00 = GUY $164.00CAN $450.00 = GUY $164.00 × 450

= GUY $73 800.00

Hence, Robert is owing GUY $73 800.00 on his credit card for the transaction.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 398: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(3 marks)Total 10 marks

ANSWER

(ii) Robert’s credit card balance is GUY $102 500.00. After buying the camcorder, how many canadian dollars does he have left on his credit card for spending?

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

1. (b) In this question, use CAN $1.00 = GUY

$164.00.

Page 399: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (ii) The credit card balance after the transaction

GUY$ 102 500.00 73 800.00

GUY$ 28 700.00

Now GUY $164.00 = CAN $1.00

So GUY $1.00 = CAN

GUY $28 700.00 = CAN × 28 700.00

= CAN $175.00

Hence, Robert has CAN $175.00 left onhis credit card for spending.

1.00$

164.001.00

$164.00

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 400: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) Find the value of each of the following algebraic expressions when a 3, b

1and c 2

(1 mark)

ANSWER

(i) a (b c)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 401: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) (i) ( ) 3( 1 2

3( 3)

9

)a b c

Substitute the values for a,b and c intothe algebraicexpression, thensimplify.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 402: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(ii)25 3b ac

a b c

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

2. (a) Find the value of each of the following algebraic expressions when a 3, b

1and c 2

Page 403: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) (ii) 2

2

5 3

5( 1) 3( 3)2

3 ( 1) 2

5(1) 18

3 1 25 18

6

53

3

6

6

2

b ac

a b c

Substitute thevalues for a,b and c intothe algebraicexpression,then simplifyaccording tothe arithmeticrules

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 404: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) Change the following statements into algebraic expressions:

(1 mark)

ANSWER

(i) Seven times the sum of x and 3.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 405: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) (i) The sum of and 3 3

Seven times the

sum of and 3 7 ( 3)7( 3)

x x

x xx

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 406: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(ii) Fifteen more than the product of p and q.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

2. (b) Change the following statements into algebraic expressions:

Page 407: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) (ii) The product of p and q p × q pqFifteen more than theproduct of p and q pq+15

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 408: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) Solve the equation3(2x + 1) 4x 1 (2 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 409: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) 3(2 1) 4 1

6 3 4 1

6 4 3 1

2 4

4

22

x x

x x

x x

x

x

Use the distributive law Group like terms

Add like termsDivide both sides by 2

Simplify

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

So

Page 410: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (d) Factorise completely

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(i) 8a3b4 − 16a6b2

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 411: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (d) (i) Factorise using8a3b2 as the HCF

6

3

3

2

4

3 2

2

8 ( 2

6

)

8 1

a b

a

b a

a b b

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 412: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(ii) 3m2 + 11m − 4 (2 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

2. (d) Factorise completely

Page 413: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (d) (ii)

Factorise pairwise.

Factorise using thecommon factor (3m – 1).

2

2

3 11 4

3 12 4

(3 1) 4(3

(3 1)( 4)

1)

m m

m m m

m m m

m m

11

3( 4) 12

1 12 11

( 1) 12 12

p q

pq

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 414: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. Students taking part in a community project were surveyed to find out the type of movies that they were most likely to view. Each student choose only one type of movie and 1 260 students were surveyed. The results are shown in the table below.

MovieNumber of Students

Horror 168

Detective 210

Romance r

War 182

Musical 462

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 415: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) Calculate the value of r, the number of students who were most likely to view romance movies.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 416: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) 168 210 182 462 1 260

1022 1 260

1 26

2 8

1

3

0 022

r

r

r

Hence, 238 students were most likely to view romance movies.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

So

Page 417: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) The data collected in the table are to be represented on a pie chart. Calculate the size of the angle in each of the five sectors of the pie chart.

ANSWER(4 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

MovieNumber of Students

Horror 168

Detective 210

Romance r

War 182

Musical 462

3. (b)

Page 418: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i)

The sector angle

representing168

horror movies 3601 260

2168

7

The sector angle

representing2

detec

360

1

tive

260

6

212

48

movies 2107

7

60

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 419: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The sector anglerepresenting romance movies

The sector angle representingromance movies

The sector angle representingmusical movies

238

768

2

282

752

1

2462

7132

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 420: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Using a circle of radius 4.5 cm, construct a pie chart to represent the data.

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 10 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

MovieNumber of Students

Horror 168

Detective 210

Romance r

War 182

Musical 462

3. (b)

Page 421: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (ii)

The constructed pie chart with radius 4.5 cm is shown above.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 422: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) A universal set, U, is defined asU = {25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,

34, 35, 36, 37, 38}.Sets P and E are subsets of U such thatP = {Prime Numbers} and E = {EvenNumbers}.

(5 marks)

ANSWER

(i) Draw a Venn diagram to represent the sets P, E and U.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 423: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) (i) U = { 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,

34, 35, 36, 37, 38}, P = {29, 31, 37} and

E = {26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38}.

The Venn diagram representing the sets P, E and U is shown above.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 424: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) List the elements of the set (1 mark)

ANSWER

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

4. (a) A universal set, U, is defined asU = {25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,

34, 35, 36, 37, 38}.Sets P and E are subsets of U such thatP = {Prime Numbers} and E = {EvenNumbers}.

Page 425: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) (ii) The elements of the set = {25, 27, 33, 35}.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 426: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) (i) Using only a pair of compasses and a

pencil, construct parallelogram ABCD in

which AB = 5 cm, AD = 8 cm and the

angle BAD is 60º.

(5 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 427: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) (i)

The constructed parallelogram ABCD

with AD = BC = 8 cm, AB = DC =

5 cm and BAD = 60°.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 428: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) (ii) Measure and state the length of the

diagonal AC.

ANSWER

(1 mark)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 429: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) (ii) The length of the diagonal AC = 11.4 cm.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 430: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, represents the floor plan of a house. The broken line PS, divides the floor plan into a semi-circle, A, and a rectangle, B.

Use as 22

.7

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(a) Calculate the radius of the semi-circle PST. ANSWER(1 mark)

Page 431: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a) The radius of the semi-cir

7m

cle2

27m

2

2

PSPST

QR

r

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 432: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) Calculate the perimeter of the entire floor plan.ANSWER

(3 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

5. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, represents the floor plan of a house. The broken line PS, divides the floor plan into a semi-circle, A, and a rectangle, B.

Use as 22

.7

Page 433: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b) The length of the arc PTS 2

2

22 7m

7

11 m

2

r

r

The perimeter of the entire floor plan PQRST = (12 + 7 + 12 +11) m

= 42 m

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 434: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) Evaluate the area of the entire floor plan.ANSWER

(4 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

5. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, represents the floor plan of a house. The broken line PS, divides the floor plan into a semi-circle, A, and a rectangle, B.

Use as 22

.7

Page 435: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (c) The area of thesemi-circle PST

2

11

2

1 22

2

r

2

2

27 7m

7 2 2

77

119

4

4

m

m

The area of the rectangle PQRS = lb= 12 × 7 m2

= 84 m2

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 436: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The area of the entire floor plan 2

21103 m

4

119 84 m

4PQRST

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 437: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(d) Section B of the floor is to be covered with floor tiles measuring 1 m by 50 cm. How many floor tiles are needed to just completely cover Section B?

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

5. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, represents the floor plan of a house. The broken line PS, divides the floor plan into a semi-circle, A, and a rectangle, B.

Use as 22

.7

Page 438: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (d) The area of a floor tile

2

1m 50cm

11m m

11 m

2

2

lb

The number of floor tiles needed to just

completely cover Section B 2

2

12 7 m1

1 m2

12

6

7 2

1 8

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 439: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (a) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale, TB is a vertical lantern post standing on a horizontal plane. B, P and Q are points on the horizontal plane.

TB = 10 metres and the angles of depression from the top of the pole T to P and Q are 35º and 29º respectively.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(i) Copy the diagram and insert the angles of depression. (1 mark)

ANSWER

Page 440: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (a) (i)

The angles can be seen inserted in the diagram above.

TBP = TBQ = 90°Vertical post standing on horizontal ground.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 441: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Calculate to one decimal placea) the length of BPb) the length of PQ

ANSWER(5 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

6. (a) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale, TB is a vertical lantern post standing on a horizontal plane. B, P and Q are points on the horizontal plane.

TB = 10 metres and the angles of depression from the top of the pole T to P and Q are 35º and 29º respectively.

Page 442: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (a) (ii)

In the diagram above:

of depression =

of elevation

35  

29

PTU BPT

QTU BQT

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 443: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 444: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Considering ΔTBP:

tan35

10m

10m

tan3510m

0. 047

1 .3m0

TB

BP

BP

BP

(to one decimal place)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 445: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 446: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Considering ΔTBQ:

(to one decimal place)

tan 29

10m

10m

tan 2910m

0.55418.1m

TB

BQ

BQ

BP

The length of

(18.1 14

3 m

.3

8

)m

.

PQ BQ BP

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 447: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b)

ANSWER

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(i) The figure labelled P undergoes a transformation, such that its image is Q. Completely describe this

transformation. (2 marks)

Page 448: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(i) The transformation is a translation represented by

the column vector .

3

8T

Page 449: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) On graph paper, draw and labela) the line y = −xb) S, the image of P under a

reflection in the line y = −x.

ANSWER(4 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

6. (b)

Page 450: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) a) The line y = −x can be seen drawn and labelled on graph paper.

b) S, the image of P under a reflection in the line y = −x can be seen drawn and labelled on graph paper.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

6. (b)

Page 451: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) The equation of the line above is y = mx + c.ANSWER(1 mark) (i) State the value of c.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

7. The diagram below shows the graph of a straight line passing through the points A and B.

Page 452: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a)

(i) From the graph, theintercept on

the y-axis = 4.The value of

c = 4.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 453: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Determine the value of m. ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

7. (a) The diagram below shows the graph of a straight line passing through the points A and B.

Page 454: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a) (ii)

The gradient of theline segment AB

The vertical rise

The horizontal shift4

34

34

So the value of 3

m

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 455: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) From the graph, the slope of AB indicates a negative gradient.

The gradient of theline segment AB

4

3

So the value of 4

3

AO

BO

m

Or

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 456: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) (iii) Determine the coordinates of the midpoint of the line

segment AB.

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

7. The diagram below shows the graph of a straight line passing through the points A and B.

Page 457: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a) (iii) Let the mid-point of the line segmentAB be M (x, y).

The x-coordinate of M2

3

21

12

BO

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 458: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The -coordinate of 2

2

4

2

AOy M

So the coordinates of the mid-point of

the line segment AB is .

11 ,2

2M

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 459: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) From the construction on the graph, thecoordinates of the mid-point of the line

Or

11se ,2

2gment is .MAB

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 460: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) Using A(0, 4) andB(3, 0), the midpointof the linesegment AB,

Or

1 2 1 2,2 2

0 3 4 0,

2 2

11 , 2

3 4,

2

2

2

x x y yM

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 461: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7.

ANSWER(3 marks)

14 ,

2p

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(b) The point lies on the line. State

the value of p.

Page 462: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) From the construction on the graph, when

, then y = p = −2.

So the value of p is –2.

14

2x

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 463: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) The equation of AB is

When and y = p, then

Hence, the value of p is –2.

44

3y x

14

2x

4 14 4

3 2

4 94

3 2

2(3) 4

6

2

4

p

Or

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 464: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7.

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(c) Determine the coordinates of the point of intersection of the line y = x − 3 and the line shown previously.

Page 465: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) 44

33

:=

y x

y x

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 466: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43 4

34

4 334

1 737

73

7

3

3

7

x x

x x

x

x

x

x

Group like terms

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 467: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

When x = 3, then

y = x − 3

= 3 − 3

= 0

Hence, the coordinates of the point of

intersection of the line y = x − 3 and the line

shown is (3, 0) 4

43

y x

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 468: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) Given y = x − 3, then m = 1 and c = −3.

Using c = −3 and , the graph of the

line y = x − 3 was drawn on the same graph paper as shown above.

The graph of the lines and

y = x − 3 intersect at B (3, 0).

1

1m

44

3y x

Or

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 469: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. The first three diagrams in a sequence are shown below. Diagram 1 has a single dot, which can be considered as a triangular pattern formed by a single dot. Diagram 2 consists of a triangle formed by three dots.Diagram 3 consists of a triangle formed by six dots.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 470: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a) Draw Diagram 4 in the sequence.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 471: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a)

Diagram 4Diagram 4 in the sequence can be seen above.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 472: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (b) Complete the table by inserting the appropriate values at the row 2 marked (i), (ii) and (iii). (6 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 473: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

Diagram Number

Number of Dots Forming

the triangle

Pattern for Calculating the Total Number of Dots in the Diagram

1 1 1 (1 + 1) ÷ 22 3 2 (2 + 1) ÷ 23 6 3 (3 + 1) ÷ 2

(i) 4 — —

(ii) — 21 —

(iii) n — —

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 474: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Diagram Number

Number of Dots Forming the

triangle

Pattern for Calculating the Total Number of Dots

in the Diagram1 1 1 (1 + 1) ÷ 22 3 2 (2 + 1) ÷ 23 6 3 (3 + 1) ÷ 24 10 4 (4 + 1) ÷ 26 21 6 (6 + 1) ÷ 2n n (n + 1) ÷ 2

8. (b)

The completed table can be seen above.

2

2

n n

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 475: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) How many dots will be needed to form the triangle in Diagram 100?

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 10 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 476: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) The total number ofdots in the diagram 100(100 1) 2

100(101) 2

50(101)

5 050

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 477: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) The total number ofdots in the diagram

Or

2100 100

210 000 100

210 1

25 050

00

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 478: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

SECTION II

Answer TWO questions in this section

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 479: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) Simplify

ANSWER

(1 mark)(i) x3 × x4 ÷ x6

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 480: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) (i) 3 4 6

3 4 6

7 6

7 6

1

x x x

x x

x x

x

x

x

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 481: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)(ii)5 7

2 2a b ab

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

9. (a) Simplify

Page 482: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) (ii)5 7

2 2

5 7 1

2 2 2

5 7 1 1

2 2 2 2

5 1 7 1

2 2 2 2

5 1 7 1

2 2 2 2

6 8

2 2

3 4

3 4

( )

a b ab

a b ab

a b a b

a a b b

a b

a b

a

a b

b

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 483: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)

9. (b) If f(x) = 4x − 1, find the value of

(i) f (3)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 484: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (i) ( ) 4 1

(3) 4(3) 1

11

12 1

f x x

f

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 485: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) f –1(0)

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

9. (b) If f(x) = 4x − 1, find the value of

Page 486: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (ii) Given

then

So

i.e.

1

1

( ) 4 1

4 1

4 1

1 4

1

41

41

( )4

0 1 (0)

41

4

f x x

y x

x y

x y

xy

xy

xf x

f

is the defining equation for f (x)

Interchanging x and y

Adding 1 to both sides

Dividing both sides by 4

is the defining equation for f–1(x)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 487: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) f –1 f (3)

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

9. (b) If f(x) = 4x − 1, find the value of

Page 488: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (iii) 1

1

1(3) 11 and ( )

411 1

S o (34

12

3

)

4

xf f x

f f

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 489: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Or

1 1( ) 4 1 and ( )

4

xf x x f x

1

1

4 1 1So ( )

44

4

(3) 3

xf f x

x

x

f f

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 490: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) Using a scale of 8 cm to represent 100 years on the horizontal axis and a scale of 4 cm to represent 100 kg on the vertical axis, construct a mass-time graph to show

how the solid decays in the 168 years interval.

ANSWER(4 marks)

Draw a smooth curve through all the plotted points.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

9. (c) The mass, in kg, of strontium, a radioactivematerial, after a number of years is given inthe table below.

t (time in years)

0 28 56 84 112 140 168

m (mass in kg)

400 200 100 50 25 12.5 6.25

Page 491: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (c) (i)

The points were plotted on graph paper and a smooth curve drawn as shown above.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 492: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Use your graph to estimatea) the mass of the solid after 50

yearsb) the rate of decay of the solid at t

= 75 years.ANSWER

(3 marks)Total 15 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

9. (c) The mass, in kg, of strontium, a radioactivematerial, after a number of years is given inthe table below.

t (time in years)

0 28 56 84 112 140 168

m (mass in kg)

400 200 100 50 25 12.5 6.25

Page 493: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (c) (ii) (a) From the construction on the graph:

The mass of the solid after 50 years

= 116 years

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 494: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) Draw a tangent to the curve at t = 75 years.

Using two points on the tangent, (0, 180) and (112.5, 0), the gradient of the tangent

2 1

2 1

(0 180)kg

(112.5 0) years

180kg year

112.51.6 kg year

m m

t t

Hence, the rate of decay of the solid at t = 75 years is −1.6 kg/year.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 495: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale,

PQ is a tangent to the circle, centre O.

PS is parallel to OR and angle RPS = 32º.

ANSWER(2 marks)

Calculate, giving reasons for your answer, the size of

(i) angle PQR

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 496: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 497: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) 32

32

180 (32 32 )

180 64

116

258

2116

ORP RPS

OPR ORP

POR

PORPQR

Alternate S. ΔOPR is isosceles sinceOP = OR = r (radius)

Sum of theangles of a Δ

at centre = 2. at circumference

Hence, the size of angle PQR is 58º.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 498: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

10. (a) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale,

PQ is a tangent to the circle, centre O.

PS is parallel to OR and angle RPS = 32º.

Calculate, giving reasons for your answer, the size of

(ii) angle SPT

Page 499: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (ii)

Hence, the size of angle SPT is 26º.

90

( )

90 (32 32 )

90 64

26

OPT

SPT OPT OPR RPS

between radius and tangentat point of tangency.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 500: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale, O is centre of the circle of radius 9.5 cm and AB is a chord of length 16.5 cm.

ANSWER(3 marks)

(i) Calculate the value of θ to the nearest degree.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 501: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (i)

Considering Δ AOB and using the cosine rule:

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 502: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 503: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) (i) Considering Δ AOB and using the cosine

rule:

Or

2 2 2

2 2 2

1

2 2 cos

16.5 2(9.5) 2(9.5) cos

272.25 180.5 180.5cos

So 180.5cos 180.5 272.25

180.5cos 91.75

91.75i.e. cos

180.50.5083

cos ( 0.5083)

121 (to the nearest

degree)

AB r r

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 504: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (i)

Δ AOB is isosceles since AO = BO = r (radius)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 505: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Considering AOB:

ˆsin

8.25 cm

ADAOB

AO

9.5 cm

1ˆSo sin 0.868 4

60.27

And 2

2(60.27

121 (to the nearest

)

1

deg

20.5

r

4

ee)

AOB

AOB AÔD

16.5cmSo 8.25cm

2AD BD

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 506: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(2 marks)

(ii) Calculate the area of triangle AOB.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

10. (b) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale, O is centre of the circle of radius 9.5 cm and AB is a chord of length 16.5 cm.

Page 507: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

2

1

2

2

The area of ,

1sin

21

sin21

9.5 9.5 sin cm2

0.5 90.25 0.8572 cm

(correct to 3 s.f.)38.7 cm

AOB A

ab C

AO BO

Page 508: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)

Or

1

2

2 2

2

2

The area of , :

1sin

21

(9.5) sin cm2

45.125 0.8572 cm

(correct 38.7 to 3 s.f.)cm

AOB A

r

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 509: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) The semi-perimeter of ΔAOB,

Or

2(9.5 9.5 16.5)cm

235.5

cm2

17.75cm

a b cs

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 510: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The area of ΔAOB, A1

2

2

2

( )( )( )

17.75(17.75 9.5)(17.75 9.5)

(17.75 16.5) cm

17.75(8.25)(8.25)(1

38.7c

.25) cm

(correct to 3 s )m .f.

s s a s b s c

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 511: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(3 marks) (iii)Hence, calculate the area of the

shaded region. [Use = 3.14]

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

10. (b) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale, O is centre of the circle of radius 9.5 cm and AB is a chord of length 16.5 cm.

Page 512: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (iii)

2

2 2

295

3

.

60

2 c

1213.14 9.5 cm

360

(correct to 3 s.f.m )

r

The area of the minor sector AOB, A2

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 513: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The area of the shaded region,

1

2

2

2(95.2 38.7)cm

56.5cm

A A A

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 514: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER (iv) Calculate the length of the major arc AB.

(3 marks)Total 15 marks

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

10. (b) In the diagram below, not drawn to scale, O is centre of the circle of radius 9.5 cm and AB is a chord of length 16.5 cm.

Page 515: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (iv)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 516: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The major sector angle, reflex

360 121

239

AOB

2360

2392 3.14 9.5 cm360

(correct to 3 s.39 ..6 cm f )

l r

The length of the major arc AB,

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 517: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(2 marks)

(a) Copy the diagram and complete it to show the points of P and M.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

11.

In the diagram above, the position vectors of A and B relative to the origin are a and b respectively.

The point P is on OA such that OP = 3 PA.

The point M is on BA such that BM = MA.

Page 518: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a)

The diagram was copied and completed as shown above. The points P and M are learly shown.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 519: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)(b) OB is produced to N such that OB = 2 BN

(i) Show the position of N on your diagram.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

11.

Page 520: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (i)

The position of N is shown in the diagram.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 521: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(5 marks)

(ii) Express in terms of a and b the vectors.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

(b) OB is produced to N such that OB = 2 BN

, and .AB PA PM���������������������������� ��������������

11.

Page 522: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (ii)

AB AO OB

OA OB

������������������������������������������

����������������������������

a b

b a

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 523: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3

1

3

PA OP

PA OP

given

3

43

4

OP OA

����������������������������

a

1

3

4

1

1 3

3

4

PA OP

����������������������������

a

a

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 524: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

given

1

21

21

( )2

1( )

2

BM MA

BM MA BA

AB

������������������������������������������

��������������

b a

a b

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 525: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1 1( )

4 21 1 1

4 2

1 1

2

4

1 1

4

2

2

PM PA AM

PA MA

������������������������������������������

����������������������������

a a b

a a b

a b

b a

Hence,1 1 1

4, an

2 4dAB PA PM

������������������������������������������b a a b a

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 526: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)11. (c) Use a vector method to prove that P, M

and N are collinear.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 527: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (c) 2

1

21

21

2

BN OB

BN OB

BN OB

����������������������������

b

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 528: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1 1( )

2 21 1 1

2

2

2 21

21

21 1

22 4

MN M

PM

B BN

BM BN

MN

������������������������������������������

����������������������������

a b b

a b b

a b

b a

b a

Since , then the vectors are either parallel or coincident. Since the vectorshave a common point M, then P, M and N are collinear.

2MN PM����������������������������

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 529: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)Total 15 marks

11. (d) Calculate the length of AN if.

8 2 and

4 4

a b

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 530: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (d)

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 531: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1

23

22 83

4 42

32 82

3 44

2

OA AN ON

AN ON OA

OB BN OA

=

������������������������������������������

������������������������������������������

������������������������������������������

b b a

b a

Considering ΔNOA:

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 532: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1

23

22 83

4 42

32 82

3 44

2

OA AN ON

AN ON OA

OB BN OA

=

������������������������������������������

������������������������������������������

������������������������������������������

b b a

b a

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 533: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3 8

6 4

3 8

6 4

5

2

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 534: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Or

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 535: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Considering ΔMAN:

1 1( )

2 21 1 1

2 2 21 1 1

2 2 23

28 23

4 42

AN AM MN

������������������������������������������

b a b a

b a b a

a a b b

a b

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 536: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

328 2

4 34

2

8 3

4 6

8 3

4

2

6

5

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 537: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2 2

(exact value)

5.39 (c

( 5) 2

orrect to 3 s.f

25

29

.)

4

AN

The length of

Hence, the length of AN is 5.39 units.

Model Exam 2 Paper 2

Page 538: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 3MATHEMATICS

Paper 190 minutes

Answer ALL the questions

NEXT

Page 539: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. The decimal fraction 0.85 written as a common fraction, in its simplest form, is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 10

17

17

2020

1717

10

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 540: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1000.85 0.85

10085

10085 5

100 517

20

1. Multiply the decimal fraction with two

decimal places by , which is 1, to make

the decimal fraction a common fraction.

100

100

Divide both the numerator and thedenominator by their common factor 5.

This is the common fraction written in its simplest form.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 541: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. The number 75 836 written correct to 4 significant figures is

ANSWER

(A) 80 000

(B) 76 000

(C) 75 800

(D) 75 840

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 542: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. 75 836

= 75 840 (4 s.f.)

The digit after the 4th significant figure is 6, so we add 1 to the digit 3. 0 is needed as a place holder.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 543: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. Given that 768 51.2 = 39 321.6, then 76.8 0.512 =

ANSWER

(A) 3 932.16

(B) 393.216

(C) 39.321 6

(D) 3.932 16

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 544: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3.

4 dp

768 51.2 39 321.6

1dp 1dp

76.8 0.512

1dp 3 dp 4dp

39.3216

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 545: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4.

ANSWER

(A) 0.018

(B) 0.18

(C) 1.8

(D) 18

If 144 225 180, then 1.44 2.25

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 546: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4.

2 dp 2 dp 2 dp 2 dp

144 225 12 12 15 15

12 15

180

1.44 2.25 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5

1.2 1.5

1.80

1.8

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 547: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. y is inversely proportional to the square root of 7 may be expressed as

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C) y 72

(D)

7y 1

7y

2

1

7y

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 548: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. y is inversely proportional to means 71

7y

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 549: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. One hundred thousand written as a power of 10 is

ANSWER

(A) 104

(B) 105

(C) 106

(D) 107

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 550: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. One hundred thousand = 100 000

= 105

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 551: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. By the distributive law, 74 13 + 74 12 =

ANSWER

(A) 86 87

(B) 74 25

(C) 86 + 87

(D) 74 + 25

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 552: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. 74 13 + 74 12

= 74 (13 + 12)

= 74 25

The common

factor is 74.

Adding.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 553: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. The highest common factor of 12, 24 and 30 is

ANSWER

(A) 2

(B) 4

(C) 5

(D) 6

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 554: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8.

The HCF = 2 3 = 6

2 is a common factor of thethree numbers.3 is a common factor of thethree numbers.

2 12, 24, 30

3 6, 12, 15

2, 4, 5

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 555: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. The lowest common multiple of 5, 8 and 20 is

ANSWER

(A) 1

(B) 10

(C) 20

(D) 40

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 556: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. 2 5, 8, 20

2 5, 4, 10

2 5, 2, 5

5 5, 1, 5

1, 1, 1

The LCM = 2 2 2 5 = 40

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 557: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. The next two terms in the sequence 7, 6, 8 . . . is

ANSWER

(A) 7, 9

(B) 7, 7

(C) 7, 8

(D) 7, 6

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 558: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. 7, 6, 8, 7, 9, . . . 1 + 2 –1 + 2

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 559: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. A man’s annual income is $60 000. His non-taxable allowances is $15 000. If he pays a tax of 25% on his taxable income, then the tax payable is

ANSWER

(A) $3 750

(B) $11 250

(C) $15 000

(D) $33 750

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 560: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

The taxable income $(60 000 15 000)

$45 000

the tax payable 25% of $45 000

25

100

$45 000

$11 250

Page 561: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. The basic rate of pay is $28.00 per hour. What is the overtime rate of pay if it is one-and-a-half times the basic rate?

ANSWER

(A) $32.00

(B) $35.00

(C) $36.00

(D) $42.00

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 562: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. 1The overtime rate 1 $28

23

$282

4

1

2

$

$

3 4

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 563: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. Alfred saved $74 when he bought a cell phone at a sale which gave a discount of 20% on the marked price. What was the marked price of the cellphone?

ANSWER

(A) $370

(B) $296

(C) $222

(D) $148

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 564: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. The discount of 20% $74

100the marked price $74

20(which is 100%) $74 5

$370

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 565: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. A store offers a discount of 10% off the marked price for cash. If the cash price of a calculator is $135, what is the marked price?

ANSWER

(A) $13.50

(B) $121.50

(C) $148.50

(D) $150.00

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 566: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. 90% of the marked price $135

100the marked price $135

90

(which is 100%) $15

$150

10

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 567: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. The charge per kWh of electricity used is 35 cents. There is also a fixed charge of $27.00. What amount is the electricity bill if 80 kWh of electricity is consumed?

ANSWER

(A) $55

(B) $62

(C) $142

(D) $307

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 568: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. The cost for the electricity = 35¢ 80

= 2 800¢

= $28.00

The fixed charge = $27.00

\ the amount of the bill = $(28.00 + 27.00)

= $55.00

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 569: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. The exchange rate for US $1.00 is GUY $200. What amount of Guyanese dollars will a tourist receive for changing US $75.00?

ANSWER

(A) $150

(B) $1 500

(C) $15 000

(D) $150 000

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 570: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. US $1.00 = GUY $200

US $75.00 = GUY $200 75

= GUY $15 000

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 571: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. Calculate the book value of a computer valued at $3 000, after two years, if it depreciates by 10% each year.

ANSWER

(A) $300

(B) $2 400

(C) $2 430

(D) $2 920

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 572: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. The book value after 1 year 90% of $3 000

90$3 000

100

$2 700

The book value after 2 years 90% of $2 700

90$2 700

100

$2 430

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 573: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. A man pays $540 as income tax. If income tax is charged at 20% of the taxable income, what was his taxable income?

ANSWER

(A) $1 800

(B) $2 160

(C) $2 700

(D) $3 100

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 574: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. 100The taxable income $540

20

(which is 100%) $270 1

$2 70

0

0

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 575: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19. X = {a, p, e}. How many subsets has the set X?

ANSWER

(A) 3

(B) 6

(C) 8

(D) 10

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 576: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19. { }, {a}, {p}, {e}

{a, p}, {a, e}, {p, e}

{a, p, e}

The number of subsets = 8.

or

The number of subsets, N = 2n X = {a, p, e}

= 23 n(X) = 3

= 8 n = 3

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 577: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. A school has 200 students. 108 students play both soccer and basketball, 52 students play soccer only, and 15 students play neither sport. How many students play basketball only?

ANSWER

(A) 25

(B) 40

(C) 50

(D) 77

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 578: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20.

Hence, 25 students play basketball only.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

108 52 15 200

So 175 200

200 175

25

x

x

x

Page 579: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21. All students in a class play chess or scrabble or both. 15% of the students play chess only, and 37% of the students play scrabble only. What percentage of students play both games?

ANSWER

(A) 22

(B) 48

(C) 52

(D) 78

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 580: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

Hence, 48% of the students play both games.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

15 37 100

So 52 100

100 5

8

2

4

x

x

x

Page 581: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22.

ANSWER

(A) X Y

(B) Y X

(C) X Y = { }

(D) X Y { }

The Venn diagram above is best represented by the statement

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 582: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. Sets X and Y have no common elements, so X Y = { }.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 583: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. 5:30 p.m. may be represented as.

ANSWER

(A) 05:30 h

(B) 17:30 h

(C) 15:30 h

(D) 18:30 h

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 584: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. 5 : 30 p.m. = (12 + 5) : 30 h

= 17 : 30 h

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 585: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24.

ANSWER

(A) 8 (B) 16

(C) 24 (D) 32

The diagram above shows a circle with centre O and diameter 8 cm. The area of the circle, in cm2, is

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 586: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24. The diameter of the circle, 8 cm

8 cmt he radius of the circle,

24 cm

d

r

2

2

2

2

The area of the circle, A π

π(4 cm)

π(16 cm )

c6 m1 π

r

Formula for the area of a circle.Substitute r = 4 cm.

Squaring.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 587: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

In the diagram above, POQ is a minor sector of a circle with angle POQ = 60° and OQ = r cm.The area, in cm2, of the minor sector POQ is

3r

21π

6r 21

π3

r

6r

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 588: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 589: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26. Mark takes 35 minutes to drive to university which is 45 km away from his apartment. His speed in km per hour is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 45 35

60

35 60

45

35 45

60

45 60

35

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 590: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 591: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

The diagram above, not drawn to scale, shows a cone of radius r cm and height r cm. The volume of the cone, in cm3, is

21π

3r

34π

3r 24

π3

r

31π

3r

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 592: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 593: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. The length of the edge of a cube is 20 cm. Thevolume of the cube is

ANSWER

(A) 8 000 cm3

(B) 400 cm3

(C) 240 cm3

(D) 200 cm3

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 594: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. 3

3

3

38 00

The volume of the cube,

(20 cm)

20 20 20 cm

cm0

V l

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 595: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29. The mass of one tonne of sugar in kilograms is

ANSWER

(A) 100

(B) 1 000

(C) 10 000

(D) 100 000

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 596: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29. 1 tonne = 1 000 kg

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 597: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30. Robert has 0.75 kg of sweets. He has bags which can each hold 15 g of sweets. How many bags of sweets can he fill?

ANSWER

(A) 0.5

(B) 5

(C) 50

(D) 500

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 598: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

0.75kg 0.75×1000g

750gThe number of bags that can 750gbe filled with s

5

we

0

ets15g

Page 599: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. A bowl contains 6 green marbles and 7 yellow marbles. A marble is picked at random from the bowl. The marble is found to be green and it is not replaced. What is the probability that the next ball picked at random from the bowl will be yellow?

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D) 7

13

1

2

7

12

6

13

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 600: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The number of green marblesremaining in the bowl = 6 1 = 5

The number of yellow marblesin the bowl = 7

The total number of marblesremaining in the bowl = 5 + 7 = 12

P(second marble is yellow) =

31.

7

12

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 601: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. The mode of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 8 is

ANSWER

(A) 4

(B) 5

(C) 6

(D) 7

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 602: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. The mode is 5, since it occurs the most number of times.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 603: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33. The median of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 8 is

ANSWER

(A) 6

(B) 5.5

(C) 5

(D) 4

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 604: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 8

Two middle values

The median of the numbers,2

5 5 10

2 25Q

Q2 = 533.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 605: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34. The mean of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 8 is

ANSWER

(A) 4

(B)

(C) 5

(D)

34

4

15

2

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 606: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34. The sum of the numbers, x = 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 +4 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 7 + 8

= 57The total frequency of the number, n = 12

The mean of the numbers,

57

1

4

23

4

xx

n

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 607: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. The scores of 100 students who took part in a shooting competition at a May Fair is recorded in the table shown below.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Score 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Frequency 2 4 5 7 10 31 20 12 5 3 1

The probability that a student chosen at randomfrom these students scored exactly 6 is

1

1003

101

53

50

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 608: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. The frequency of the score 6 20

The total frequency, 100

20P(score 6)

1

1

0

5

0

n

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 609: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36. The mean of the five numbers 7, p, 5, 9 and 18 is 12. The number p is

ANSWER

(A) 15

(B) 17

(C) 19

(D) 21

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 610: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The sum of the numbers, p = 7 + p + 5 + 9 + 18

= p + 39

The total frequency, f = 5

The mean of the numbers, 12x

36.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 611: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. (7a) (+2b) =

ANSWER

(A) 14ab

(B) –14ab

(C)

(D) 2

7ab

2

7ab

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 612: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. (7a) (+2b)

= 7 a 2 b

= 7 2 a b

= 14ab

Expand each expression.

Group like values.

The product of a negative

sign times a positive sign

is a negative sign.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 613: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. a(a 3b) + b(a 3b) =

ANSWER

(A) (a 3b) (a + b)

(B) (a + 3b) (a b)

(C) (a 3b) (a b)

(D) (a + 3b) (a + b)

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 614: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. a(a 3b) + b(a 3b)

= (a 3b)(a + b)

Factorize using (a 3b)

as a common factor.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 615: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39.

ANSWER

(A) 2.6

(B) 26

(C) 260

(D) 2 600

5If 13, then

100

xx

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 616: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39.5

13100

1320

13

260

20

x

x

x

Divide both the numerator and the denominator of the fraction on the LHS by the common factor 5.

Multiply both sides by 20.

Multiply the numbers on the RHS.Multiplying.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 617: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. Given that p q means (p q)2, the value of 5 3 is

ANSWER

(A) 2

(B) 8

(C) 2

(D) 8

1

2

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 618: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

p q = (p q)2

5 3 = (5 3)2

= (2)2

= (4)

= 2

Substitute 5 for p and 3 for q in the formula.

Simplify the numbers in the brackets by subtracting.

Square the number in the brackets.

Multiply.

40.1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 619: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. The statement ‘9 is subtracted from four times a certain number and the result is 15’ is represented by the equation

ANSWER

(A) 4x 15 = 9

(B) 9x 4 = 15

(C) 4x 15 = 9

(D) 4x 9 = 15

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 620: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Four times a certain number = 4x

9 subtracted from four timesa certain number = 4x 9

The equation is:4x 9 = 15

41.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 621: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42. If 40 5x = x 14, then x =

ANSWER

(A) 6

(B) 6

(C) 9

(D) 9

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 622: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42. 40 5 14

5 14 40

6 54

5

9

4

6

x x

x x

x

x

-

Subtract x and 40 from each side.

Add like terms.

Divide both sides by 6.

A negative sign divided by anegative sign is a positive sign.

or

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

So

Page 623: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Add 14 and 5x to each side.

Add like terms.

Divide both sides by 6.A positive sign divided by a positive sign is a positive sign.

40 5 14

40 14 5

54 6

5

9

9

4

6

x x

x x

x

x

x

x

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

So

Page 624: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. 2x(4x + 5) 4x(3x + 2) =

ANSWER

(A) 4x2 2x

(B) 2x 4x2

(C) 20x2 + 18

(D) 20x 4x2

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 625: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43.2 2

2 2

2

2

2 (4 5) 4 (3 2)

8 10 1

2 4

2 8

8 12 10 8

4 2

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x

x x

Use the distributivelaw twice.

Group like terms.

Add like terms.

Rearrange terms.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 626: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44.

ANSWER

(A) 2k2

(B) 4k2

(C) 6k2

(D) 8k2

The figure above, consists of a triangle resting on a square of length 2k cm. The height of the triangle is 2k cm. The area, in cm2, of the figure is

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 627: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44.

1

2

2 2

1The area of the triangle,

21

( 2 ) 2 cm2

2 cm

A bh

k k

k

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 628: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 629: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. The width of a rectangular glass block is w centimeters. Its height is four-fifths its width and its length is 5 times its height. The volume of the rectangular glass block, in centimeters, is

14

13w

316

5w

316

25w

14

3w(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

ANSWER

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 630: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 631: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46.

ANSWER

(A) x is a multiple of y (B) x is a factor of y

(C) x is greater than y (D) x is divisible by y

The arrow diagram above represents the relation

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 632: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46. 8 = 1 8 = 2 4 2 and 4 are factor of 8.10 = 1 10 = 2 5 2 and 5 are factor of 10.12 = 1 15 = 2 6 = 3 4 2, 3, 4 and 6 are factors of 12.Hence, the diagram represents the relation, ‘x is a factor of y’.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 633: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47.

ANSWER

(A) 3 x < 2

(B) 3 < x 2

(C) 3 < x < 2

(D) 3 x 2

The diagram above is the number line of the inequality

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 634: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47.

(3 is included) (2 is not included)

3 x < 2

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 635: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48.

ANSWER

(A) {(x, y) : 2 y 1} (B) {(x, y) : 2 < y < 1}

(C) {(x, y) : 2 < y 1} (D) {(x, y) : 2 < y 1}

The shaded area in the graph above can be represented by

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 636: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48.

(–2 is not included)

(1 is included)

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 637: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49.

(A)

(B)

(C) 5

(D) 5 ANSWER

4 1If ( ) , then ( 9)

7

xg x g

37

7-

37

7

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 638: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

4 1If ( )

74( 9) 1

then ( 9)7

36 1

735

75

xg x

g

Page 639: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. Which of the following sets is represented by the relation f : x → x3 + 1?

(A) {(0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 8), (3, 27)}

(B) {(0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 9), (3, 28)}

(C) {(0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 9)}

(D) {(0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 5), (3, 10)}

ANSWER

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 640: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50.

3

3

3

3

3

( ) 1

(0) 0 1 0 1 1 (0,1)

(1) 1 1 1 1 2 (1, 2)

(2) 2 1 8 1

(0,1), (1, 2),

9 (2, 9)

(3) 3 1 27 1 28 (

(2, 9), (3, 2

3

8

, )

)

28

f x x

f

f

f

f

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 641: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51. Which of the following diagrams is the graph of a function?

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

ANSWER

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 642: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51. Using the vertical line test for a function, the graph below is the graph of a function.

x1 y1

x2 y2

1 1 relation

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 643: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52.

ANSWER

(A) x + y = 180 (B) x + y < 180

(C) x = y (D) x > y

In the figure above AB and CD are parallel. The relation between x and y is

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 644: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52. x = y because they are alternate angles.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 645: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53.

ANSWER

(A) (B) 50 sin

(C) 50 cos (D) 50 tan

The triangle ABC is right-angled at B. AC = 50 cm and angle ACB = degrees. An expression for the length of AB, in cm, is

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 646: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 647: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

In the right-angled triangle PQR, angle Q = 90, PR = 90 cm, PQ = 50 cm and RQ = y cm. cos PRQ =

9

5

50

y

90

y

5

9

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 648: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 649: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

ANSWER

(A) 10 (B) 12

(C) 14 (D) 16

How many triangles congruent to BCE are needed to completely cover the rectangle ABCD?

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 650: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

The number of triangles needed = 14

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 651: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

ANSWER

(A) 40 (B) 50

(C) 80 (D) 90

The diagram shows ΔABC with AD = BD = CD.The magnitude of angle ABC is

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 652: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 653: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

ANSWER

(A) an enlargement about the origin of scale factor 2

(B) a rotation through 180° about the origin

(C) an enlargement about the origin of scale factor 2

(D) a rotation through 180° about the point

The transformation that maps KLM onto PQR is

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 654: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

22

1

PQ QR PR

KL LM KM

The image is on the other side of the centre of enlargement, which is the origin, so the scale factor is 2.

The transformation is an enlargement about the origin of scale factor 2.

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 655: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

(A) (3, 2) (B) (2, 3)

(C) (3, 2) (D) (3, 2)

The point P(−2, 3) is rotated about the origin through an angle of 270° in an anticlockwise direction. The coordinates of the image of P is

ANSWER

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 656: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

The image of P(2, 3) under the rotation is P1(3, 2)

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 657: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. PQR is an isosceles triangle with angle P = 70°. The possible values of angle Q are

ANSWER

(A) 50 or 70 (B) 40 or 70

(C) 40 or 55 or 70 (D) 50 or 60 or 70

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 658: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59.

or

or

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 659: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60. The image of the point P(5, 8) under the translation is

ANSWER

(A) (3, 5)

(B) (3, 5)

(C) (5, 3)

(D) (5, 3)

23

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 660: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

2 5 2 5

3 83 8

3

5

T: 5, 8 3, 5

T P P

P

Model Exam 3 Paper 1

Page 661: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 3MATHEMATICS

Paper 22 hours 40 minutes

SECTION IAnswer ALL the questions in this section

All working must be clearly shown

NEXT

Page 662: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) Using a calculator, or otherwise, calculate the exact value of

ANSWER

(4 marks)

1 23 1

5 33

25

giving your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 663: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 664: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) Calculate his annual salary.

ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

1. (b) Mr. John has a wife and two children. His monthly salary during the year 2008 was $9 500.

Information on calculating income tax for 2008 is shown in the table below.

Allowances Tax RateWorker $12 000

25% of the taxable incomeSpouse $7 000Each child $3 500Taxable Income = Annual Salary Total Allowances

Page 665: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (i) Mr. John’s annual salary = $9 500 12

= $114 000

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 666: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Calculate Mr. John’s total allowances for 2008.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

1. (b) Mr. John has a wife and two children. His monthly salary during the year 2008 was $9 500.

Information on calculating income tax for 2008 is shown in the table below.

Allowances Tax RateWorker $12 000

25% of the taxable incomeSpouse $7 000Each child $3 500Taxable Income = Annual Salary Total Allowances

Page 667: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (ii) The worker allowance $12 000

The spouse allowance $7 000

The children allowances $3 500 2

$7 000

Mr. John's totalallowances for 2008 $(12 000 7 000 7 000)

$26 000

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 668: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) Calculate Mr. John’s Income tax for 2008.

ANSWER

(3 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

1. (b) Mr. John has a wife and two children. His monthly salary during the year 2008 was $9 500.

Information on calculating income tax for 2008 is shown in the table below.

Allowances Tax RateWorker $12 000

25% of the taxable incomeSpouse $7 000Each child $3 500Taxable Income = Annual Salary Total Allowances

Page 669: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (iii)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Mr. John’s taxable

income $(114 000 26 000)

$88 000

Mr. John’s income

tax for 2008 25% of $88 000

25

1

10014

$ 8822

$2

0

0

00

2 00

Page 670: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iv) What percentage of Mr. John’s annual salary was paid in income tax? ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

1. (b) Mr. John has a wife and two children. His monthly salary during the year 2008 was $9 500.

Information on calculating income tax for 2008 is shown in the table below.

Allowances Tax RateWorker $12 000

25% of the taxable incomeSpouse $7 000Each child $3 500Taxable Income = Annual Salary Total Allowances

Page 671: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (iv) The percentage of Mr. John’s annual salary that was paid in income tax

22 000

114 000

19.3%

100%

11 100%

57(correct to 3 s.f.)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 672: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) Simplify completely: (5a 1)2

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 673: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) (5a 1)2 = (5a 1)(5a 1)

= 5a(5a 1) 1(5a 1)

= 25a2 5a 5a + 1

= 25a2 10a + 1

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 674: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) Make p the subject of the formula

ANSWER

(3 marks)8

.5

qp

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 675: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 676: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) Factorize completely

ANSWER

(1 mark)(i) 8mn 6n2

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) 49p2 q2 (2 marks)

Page 677: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) (i) 8mn 6n2

= 2n(4m 3n)

Factorize using theHCF of the two terms.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) 49p2 q2

= (7p)2 q2

= (7p + q)(7p q)

Page 678: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (d) Solve the following pair of simultaneous

equations:

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 12 marks

5x 2y = 164x + 3y = 1

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 679: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (d) 5x 2y = 16 4x + 3y = 1

3 and 2:15x 6y = 48 8x + 6y = 2

+ :15 8 48 2

23 46

4

2

6

23

x x

x

x

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 680: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Substitute x = 2 in :

4(2) 3 1

8 3 1

3 1 8

3 9

9

  33

y

y

y

y

y

Hence, x = 2, y = 3.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 681: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) List the elements of the set

ANSWER(2 marks)a) J Kb) J K.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

3. (a) The figure below is a Venn diagram showing a Universal set, U, and two subsets, J and K. The numerals in the diagram represent elements of the sets.

Page 682: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) (i) a) J K = {10, 20, 30}

b) J K = {5, 15, 25, 35}

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 683: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Determine the value of n (J K).ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

3. (a) The figure below is a Venn diagram showing a Universal set, U, and two subsets, J and K. The numerals in the diagram represent elements of the sets.

Page 684: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) (ii) J K = {5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80}

n (J K) = 12

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 685: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) Describe in words

ANSWER(3 marks)a) the Universal set Ub) the set J

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

3. (a) The figure below is a Venn diagram showing a Universal set, U, and two subsets, J and K. The numerals in the diagram represent elements of the sets.

Page 686: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) (iii) a) The Universal set U = {5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100}

The Universal set U is the set of multiples of 5 less than 101 (or no more than 100, or between 1 and 100 inclusive).

b) The set K = {10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80}

The set K is the set of multiples of 10 less than 81(or no more than 80, or between 1 and 80 inclusive).

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 687: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i)

ANSWER(5 marks)

Use a ruler and a protractor to draw accurately the quadrilateral PQRS shown below. PQ = 9 cm, QR = 5 cm, PS = 7.5 cm, angle PQR = 135° and angle QPS = 60°.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 688: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 689: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Measure and state the length of RS.

ANSWER

(1 mark)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

3. (b)

Page 690: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (ii) By measurement, the length of RS = 9.2 cm

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 691: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) Calculate the area of triangle ABC. ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

4. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows a triangular prism with identical right angled isosceles triangles at both ends. Angle ABC = 90° and AB = BC = 6 cm.

Page 692: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a)

2

2

1The area of triangle ,

21

6 cm

18 cm

6 cm2

3 6 cm

ABC A bh

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 693: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) Calculate the length of the edge CD.ANSWER

(3 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

The volume of the prism is 270 cm3.

4.

Page 694: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) The volume of the prism, V = 270 cm3

The volume of the prism, V = Al18

18 270So

270i.e. cm

1830

cm215 cm

l

l

l

CD

Hence, the length of the edge CD is 15 cm.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 695: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) Calculate, to one decimal place, the length of the edge AC.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

4.

Page 696: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (c)

Considering the right-angled ABC and using Pythagoras’ theorem:2 2 2

2 2

8

6 6

36 36

72

5 c

7

.

2 c

m

m

AC AB BC

AC

Hence, the length of the edge AC is 8.5 cm.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 697: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (d) State the number of faces, edges, and vertices of the prism by completing the table

below.

ANSWER

(3 marks)Total 10 marks

Face Edge Vertices

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 698: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (d)

Face Edge Vertices

5 9 6

The completed table is shown above.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 699: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) Draw the line x = 1 ANSWER(1 mark)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

5. Triangle JKL has coordinates J(2, 1), K(4, 3) and L(2, 6) respectively.

Page 700: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a) The vertical line x = 1 was drawn on the graph paper.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 701: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b)

ANSWER

(3 marks)Draw the image of triangle JKL after a reflectionin the line x = 1. Label the image JKL.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 702: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The image triangle JKL was drawn or the graph paper. The vertices of triangle JK L are J(0, 1), K(2, 3), and L(0, 6).

5. (b)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 703: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c)

ANSWER(2 marks)

A second transformation maps triangle JKL onto triangle JKL which has vertices J(4, 2), K(8, 6) and L(4, 12).(i) Draw the triangle JKL.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

5.

Page 704: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (c) (i) The triangle JKL was drawn on the graph paper.The vertices of triangle JKL are J(4, 2), K(8, 6), and L(4, 12) respectively.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 705: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(4 marks)

(ii) Describe completely the transformation which maps triangle JKL onto triangle JKL.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(c) A second transformation maps triangle JKL onto triangle JKL which has vertices J(4, 2), K(8, 6) and L(4, 12).

5.

Page 706: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (c) (ii) 2 ( 12)

6 12 12

510

52

J L

JL

The object and the image are on opposite sides of the centre of enlargement, which is the origin, 0.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 707: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

∴ the scale factor, k = 2.

So E(0, 2) : JKL J K L.

Hence, the transformation which maps triangle JKLonto triangle JKL is an enlargement with the origin as the centre of enlargement and scale factor 2.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 708: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (d) Calculate the value of

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 12 marks

Area of triangle

Area of triangle

J K L

JKL

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 709: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (d)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 710: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. The table below gives the birth rate per 1 000 people in Trinidad and Tobago during a six-year period.

ANSWER(6 marks)

Year 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008Birth Rate 12.74 12.81 12.72 12.90 13.07 13.22

(a) Using a scale of 10 cm to represent a birth rate of 1 per thousand on the vertical axis and 2 cm to represent 1 year on the horizontal axis, draw a line-graph to represent the birth rate in Trinidad and Tobago from 2003 to 2008.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 711: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. Using the given scales and data the graph was drawn as shown below.

(a)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 712: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b) In which year was there

ANSWER

(1 mark)(i) the lowest birth rate?

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) the highest birth rate? (1 mark)

Page 713: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b) (i) The lowest birth rate = 12.72 per 1 000 people

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) The highest birth rate = 13.22 per 1 000 people

Page 714: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (c) During which period was there

ANSWER

(1 mark)(i) the greatest increase in the birth rate?

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) the smallest increase in the birth rate?

(1 mark)

Page 715: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (c) (i) The period when there was the greatest increase in the birth rate = 2005 to 2006

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) The period when there was the smallest increase in the birth rate = 2003 to 2004

Page 716: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (d) During which period was there a decrease in the birth rate?

ANSWER

(1 mark)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 717: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (d) The period when there was a decrease in the birth rate = 2004 to 2005

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 718: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a) A line segment connects the points A(3, 10) and B(f, g). If the mid-point of AB is (1, 2), calculate the values of f and g.

ANSWER

(4 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 719: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a) Calculate the x-coordinate of B:

1 2

23

12

3 1(2) 2

2 53

x xx

f

f

f

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 720: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, f = 5 and g = 6.

21

210

22

6

10 2(2) 4

4 10

y yy

g

g

g

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Calculate the y-coordinate of B:

Page 721: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) Two functions, f and g, are defined as follows:

ANSWER

(1 mark)

: 7 4

5:

1

f x x

g xx

Calculate

(i) f(0)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 722: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) (i) ( ) 7 4

(0) 7(0) 4

0

4

4

f x x

f

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 723: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) g(2)

ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

7. (b) Two functions, f and g, are defined as follows:

: 7 4

5:

1

f x x

g xx

Calculate

Page 724: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) (ii)5

( )1

5(2)

2

21

3

15

3

g xx

g

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 725: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) f1(x)

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

7. (b) Two functions, f and g, are defined as follows:

: 7 4

5:

1

f x x

g xx

Calculate

Page 726: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) (iii)

1

( ) 7 4

7 4

7 4

4 7

4

74

7

( )4

7

f x x

y x

x y

x y

xy

xy

xf x

Defining equation for f(x).

Interchanging x and y.

Adding 4 to both sides.

Dividing both sides by 7.

Defining equation for f1(x)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 727: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iv) the value of x if fg(x) = 1

ANSWER

(3 marks)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

7. (b) Two functions, f and g, are defined as follows:

: 7 4

5:

1

f x x

g xx

Calculate

Page 728: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) (iv) 5( ) 7 4

1

354

1( ) 1

354 1

1

fg xx

xfg x

x

Equating

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 729: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

351 4 5

135

157 1

7 1

6

6

x

x

x

x

x

x

Adding 4 to both sides

Dividing both sides by 5, and multiplying by x + 1.

Subtracting 1 from both sides.

Hence, the value of x is 6.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 730: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The first three diagrams in a sequence are shownbelow. Diagram 1 has three coins, which can beconsidered as a square pattern with a missing coin.

8.

Diagram 2 consists of a square pattern with amissing coin formed by eight coins.Diagram 3 consists of a square pattern with amissing coin formed by fifteen coins.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 731: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)Draw Diagram 4 in the sequence.8. (a)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 732: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a)

Diagram 4

Diagram 4 in the sequence can be seen above.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 733: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(6 marks)

Complete the table by inserting the appropriatevalues at the rows marked (i), (ii) and (iii).

8. (b)

Diagram Number

Number of Coins Forming the Square

Pattern for calculating the Total Number of Coins in the Diagram

1 3 22 12 8 32 13 15 42 14 — —

8 80 —

n — —

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 734: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (b) Diagram Number

Number of Coins Forming the Square

Pattern for calculating the Total Number of Coins in the Diagram

1 3 22 12 8 32 13 15 42 14 24 52 18 80 92 1n n2 + 2n (n + 1)2 1

The completed table can be seen above.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 735: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 10 marks

Hence, determine a formula consisting of asingle term in n for calculating the total number of coins, N, in a diagram.

8. (c)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 736: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) The total number of coins in a diagram,

N = n2 + 2n

N = n(n + 2)

Hence, the formula is N = n(n + 2).

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 737: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

SECTION II

Answer TWO questions in this section

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 738: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)

Copy and complete the table below for the function9. (a)

2

10for 2 7.y x

x

x 2 3 4 5 6 7y 1.1 0.6 0.3

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 739: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) When x = 2, then

When x = 5, then

2

10 10 5

2 4 22.5y

2

10 10 2

5 25 50.4y

When x = 7, then

2

10 10(correct to 1 d. p.)

7 40.2

9y

x 2 3 4 5 6 7y 2.5 1.1 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2

The completed table is shown above.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 740: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER(4 marks)

Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 1 uniton both axes, plot the points whose x andy values are given in the table above.

(i)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Copy and complete the table below for the function9. (b)

2

10for 2 7.y x

x

x 2 3 4 5 6 7y 1.1 0.6 0.3

Page 741: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (i) Using the given scale the points were plotted as shown.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 742: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)Draw a smooth curve through the points.(ii)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Copy and complete the table below for the function9. (b)

2

10for 2 7.y x

x

x 2 3 4 5 6 7y 1.1 0.6 0.3

Page 743: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (ii) A smooth curve was drawn through the points as shown.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 744: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)

Use your graph to estimate9. (c)

(i) the value of y when x = 3.5

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 745: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (c) From the construction on the graph:

(i) when x = 3.5, the value of y = 0.8

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 746: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)the value of x when y = 4.09. (c) (ii)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 747: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (c) (ii) when y = 4.0, the value of x = 1.6

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 748: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 15 marks

Draw a tangent to the curve at the point (3, 1.1) as accurately as possible. Hence, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point (3, 1.1).

9. (d)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 749: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The tangent to the curve at the point (3, 1.1) was drawn as shown:9. (d)Choose two points on the tangent, for example, A(0, 3.3) and B(4.4, 0).The gradient of the tangent AB,

Hence, the gradient of the curve at the point (3, 1.1) is 0.75.

1

2

2 11

2 1

2

0 3.3

4.4 00.

(0,3.3) ( , )

(4.43.3

4.4

7

,

5

0)

0.75 ( , )

A A xy y

mx

y

B

B x y

x

m

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 750: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows three points P, Q and R on a straight line. Q and R are both due East of P such that PQ = 5 km, and QR = 12 km.

10.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 751: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)Copy and label the diagram.10. (a)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 752: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The diagram was copied and labelled as shown above.10. (a)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 753: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(4 marks)

On your diagram, show the point, S, such that– the bearing of S from R is 035°– the bearing of Q from S is 121°

10. (b)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 754: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The bearing of S from R is 035° and the bearing of Q from S is 121° are shown in the diagram.

10. (b)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 755: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)

State the size of

(i) SRQ

10. (c)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) RSQ(iii) SQP

(1 mark)(1 mark)

Page 756: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) SRQ = 90° 35° = 55°10. (c)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(ii) NSR = 180 35 = 145

RSQ = 360 (145 + 121)

= 360 266

= 94

(iii) SQP = 55° + 94° = 149°

Page 757: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Calculate, correct to the nearest kilometre, the distance.

(i) SQ

10. (d)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 758: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (d) (i)

Considering RSQ and using the sine rule:12 km

sin 55 sin 9412 km sin 55

sin 9412 km 0.819

0.9989.8

0

k

1 km

m

SQ

SQ

Hence, the distance SQ is 10 km.

(correct to the nearest kilometre).

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 759: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Calculate, correct to the nearest kilometre, the distance.

(ii) SP

10. (d)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 760: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (d) (ii)

Considering PSQ and using the cosine rule:

Hence, the distance SP is 14 km.

(correct to the nearest kilometre).

205.026 km14.3 km14 km

SP

2 2 29.8 5 2 9.8 5 cos14996.04 25 98 ( 0.857)121.04 83.986205.026

SP

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 761: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)Total 15 marks

Calculate the bearing of S from Q.10. (e)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 762: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (e)

SQR = 180 149 = 31

NQS reflex = 270 + 31 = 301

Hence, the bearing of S from Q is 301.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 763: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The points O(0, 0), A(4, 2), B(5, 7) andC(3, r) are plotted on graph paper.

11.

ANSWER

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(a)

(i) OA��������������

(1 mark)

Write the following position vectors in the

form :x

y

Page 764: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11.

The points O, A and B can be seen plotted on graph paper.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

(a) (i)4

2OA

��������������

Page 765: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)(ii) OB��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

The points O(0, 0), A(4, 2), B(5, 7) andC(3, r) are plotted on graph paper.

11.

(a) Write the following position vectors in the

form :x

y

Page 766: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) (ii)5

7OB

��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

The points O, A and B can be seen plotted on graph paper.

11.

Page 767: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(1 mark)(iii)OC��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

The points O(0, 0), A(4, 2), B(5, 7) andC(3, r) are plotted on graph paper.

11.

(a) Write the following position vectors in the

form :x

y

Page 768: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) (iii) 3O

rC

��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

The points O, A and B can be seen plotted on graph paper.

11.

Page 769: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Write as a column vector, in the form (b) :x

y

(i) BA��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

The points O(0, 0), A(4, 2), B(5, 7) andC(3, r) are plotted on graph paper.

11.

Page 770: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (i)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 771: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(2 marks)(ii) in terms of r. AC��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Write as a column vector, in the form (b) :x

y

The points O(0, 0), A(4, 2), B(5, 7) andC(3, r) are plotted on graph paper.

11.

Page 772: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 773: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(3 marks)

11. (c) Calculate the values ofr for which 37

The point D is such that7

.17

OD

��������������

AC��������������

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 774: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Squaring both sides:

11. (c)

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 775: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Factorizing as the difference of two squares:

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 776: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

(5 marks)Total 15 marks

11. (d) Using a vector method, prove that the pointsA, B and D are collinear.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 777: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (d)

DB and BA have the same direction and a common point B, so A, B, and D are collinear.

Model Exam 3 Paper 2

Page 778: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 4MATHEMATICS

Paper 190 minutes

Answer ALL the questions

NEXT

Page 779: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (−4)2 + (−3)2 =

ANSWER

(C) −25(A) −7 (D) 25(B) 7

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 780: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. Expand usingthe definition ofa square.

The product oftwo negativesigns is apositive sign.

2 2( 4) ( 3)

( 4) ( 4) ( 3) ( 3)

16 9

25

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 781: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. 25.3 ÷ 0.01 =

ANSWER

(C) 253(A) 0.253 (D) 2 530(B) 2.53

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 782: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2.Multiply both thenumerator andthe denominatorby 100, to makethe number in thedenominator awhole number.

25.325.3 0.01

0.0125.3 100

0.01 100

2530

1 2 3 5 0

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 783: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. The number 8 705 written in standard form is

ANSWER

(C) 8.705 × 103

(A) 8.705 × 10−3

(D) 8.705 × 102

(B) 8.705 × 10−2

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 784: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. 8 705 = 8.705 × 1000 = 8.705 × 103

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 785: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. The number 0.057 04 written in standard form is

ANSWER

(C) 5.704 × 103

(A) 5.704 × 10−3

(D) 5.704 × 102

(B) 5.704 × 10−2

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 786: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4.

25.704 10

The first number must be between 1 and 10.

10.057 04 5.704

100

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 787: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. In a school, the ratio of the number of boys to the number of girls is 3:5. If the school has 864 students, how many are girls?

ANSWER

(C) 324(A) 172 (D) 540(B) 288

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 788: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 789: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. A class has 40 students. 75% of the class are girls. 40% of the girls have a calculator. How many girls in the class have a calculator?

ANSWER

(C) 10(A) 30 (D) 4(B) 12

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 790: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 791: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. Using the distributive law

ANSWER

(C) 70 × 20

(A) 39 × 41

(D) 35 × 10

(B) 35 × 20

35 16 4 35× + × =

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 792: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. Using thedistributivelaw.

Adding thenumbers inthe brackets.

35 16 4 35 35 (16 4)

35 20

× + × = × +

= ×

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 793: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. 8 05110 =

ANSWER

(C) 8 × 102 + 5 × 10 + 1

(A) 8 × 102 + 5 × 1

(D) 8 × 103 + 5 × 10 + 1

(B) 8 × 103 + 5 × 1

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 794: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. 8 05110 = 8 × 103 + 0 × 102 + 5 × 101 + 1 × 100

= 8 × 103 + 5 × 10 + 1 × 1

= 8 × 103 + 5 × 10 + 1

Expandingas a baseten number.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 795: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. The next term in the sequence 1, 5, 25, 125, . . . is

ANSWER

(C) 500(A) 250 (D) 625(B) 450

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 796: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

0 1 2 3

4

1, 5, 25, 125, . . . 5 , 5 , 5 , 5 , . . .

The next term 5

62 5

=

=

=

Page 797: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. A stick is used to measure cloth of lengths 2.8 m, 4.2 m and 5.6 m. If the rod fitted each length of cloth an exact number of times, what is its greatest length?

ANSWER

(C) 2.1 m(A) 0.7 m (D) 2.8 m(B) 1.4 m

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 798: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. 2 28, 42, 56 7 14, 21, 28 2, 3, 4

The HCF of 28, 42 and 56 = 2 × 7 = 14

So the HCF of 2.8, 4.2 and 5.6 = = 1.4

Hence, the greatest length of the rod is 1.4 m.

14

10

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 799: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The rateable value of a house is $1 850. If the rates charged for that area are 25¢ in the $1, then the amount payable per annum for rates is

ANSWER

(C) $1 825

(A) $462.50

(D) $1 875

(B) $925.00

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 800: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The rates 25 ¢ in the $1

25%

0.25

=

=

=

The annual amount payable = 0.25 × $1 850= $462.50

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 801: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. The basic hourly rate of pay is $9.00. Overtime is paid for at double the basic rate. How much will Rita receive for overtime if she worked 20 hours overtime?

ANSWER

(C) $180.00

(A) $58.00

(D) $360.00

(B) $90.00

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 802: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12.

$18.00

The overtime rate of pay $9.00 2

the overtime pay $18.00 20

$360.00

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 803: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. If $9 000 is borrowed for 3 years at the rate of 4% per annum, the simple interest is

ANSWER

(C) $750.00

(A) $120.00

(D) $1 080.00

(B) $167.50

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 804: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 805: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. A woman’s taxable income is stated as $20 500. She pays tax at the marginal rate of 25%. The amount of income tax payable is

ANSWER

(C) $1 640

(A) $5 125

(D) $820

(B) $2 050

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 806: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. The amount of income tax payable = 25% of $20 500

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

1 2

25= $20 500

1001

$20 5004$5125

Page 807: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. The cash price of a cellphone is $2 500. On a hire-purchase plan, a deposit of $250 is required, followed by 18 monthly payments of $137.50. How much is saved by paying cash?

ANSWER

(C) $200(A) $250 (D) $175(B) $225

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 808: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. The deposit = $250The amount of the monthlypayments = $137.50 × 18

= $2 475The hire-purchase price = $(250 + 2 475)

= $2 725The cash price = $2 500The difference between thehire-purchase price andthe cash price = $(2 725 − 2 500)

= $225

Hence, the amount saved by paying cash is $225.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 809: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. After a discount of 40% is given on a stove, Angela saved $720. What was the marked price of the stove?

ANSWER

(C) $960(A) $2 160 (D) $760(B) $1 800

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 810: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 811: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. A house costing $250 000 can be bought by making a 5% deposit and taking a mortgage loan for the remaining amount. What is the amount of the deposit?

ANSWER

(C) $12 500

(A) $2 500

(D) $25 000

(B) $5 000

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 812: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 813: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. Orange juice is sold in packets of 250 ml, 500 ml and 750 ml. The size of the smallest container that can be completely filled by a whole number of packets of juice of either size is

ANSWER

(C) 1 500(A) 150 (D) 2 000(B) 750

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 814: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. 2 25, 50, 75

3 25, 25, 75

5 25, 25, 25

5 5, 5, 5

1, 1, 1

Hence, the smallest container that can be completely filled by a whole number of packets of juice of either size is 1 500 ml.

The LCM of 25,50 and 75 = 2 × 3 × 5 × 5 = 150So the LCM of 250,500 and 750 = 150 × 10 = 1 500

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 815: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19.

ANSWER

In the Venn diagram above, the shaded regionrepresents

(C) Q P′

(A) Q′

(D) P Q′

(B) P Q′

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 816: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19. The shaded region represents P only = P and not Q

= P Q′

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 817: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, then the number ofsubsets of A is

ANSWER

(C) 32(A) 5 (D) 64(B) 25

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 818: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. The number ofsubsets of A, N = 2n n(A) = 6

= 26 n = 6= 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2= 64

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 819: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

ANSWER

The two circles above represent P = {factors of 8} and Q = {factors of 12}. The shaded region represents

(C) {1, 2, 4, 8}

(A) {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12}

(D) {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12}

(B) {3, 6, 8, 12}

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 820: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21. 1, 2, 4, 8

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12

P

Q

Factors of 8 1 8

2 4

Factors of 12 1 12

2 6

3 4

P Q = P or Q These are the = {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12} elements in the

shaded region.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 821: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. If U = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 15, 17, 19}, A = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11} and B = {3, 7, 11, 15}, then (A B)′ =

ANSWER

(C) {3, 7, 11, 15}

(A) {2}

(D) {2, 3, 17, 19}

(B) {17, 19}

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 822: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22.

15,17,19

2, 5,17,19

17,19

or

2, 3, 5, 7,11

3, 7,11,15

2, 3, 5, 7,11,15

2, 3, 5, 7,11,15,17,19

17,19

A

B

A B A B

A

B

A B

U

A B

Ç È

È

È

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 823: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

or

The shaded region in the Venn diagram represents (A B)′.

(A B)′ = {17, 19}

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 824: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. The distance around the boundary of a circular lake is 132 m. The radius of the lake is

ANSWER

(C)

(A) 66π

(D) 264π

(B) 132π m

66m

π

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 825: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

The Circumference of the lake,

132 m

2π 132

132

F

2π66

π

Hence, the radius of the lake

ormula for the circumference

of a circle.

66m .is

π

C

C r

r

r

Page 826: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24.

ANSWER

The diagram shows the sector of a circle with centre O, radius 6 cm and angle AOB = 150°. The length of the minor arc AB, in cm, is

(C) 5π(A) (D) 10π(B) 2

π5

2

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 827: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 828: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25.

ANSWER

The area of the trapezium shown above is

(C) 44 cm2

(A) 31.5 cm2

(D) 45 cm2

(B) 34 cm2

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 829: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 830: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26. The volume of a cuboid with edges of lengths 10 cm, 100 cm and 1 000 cm is

ANSWER

(C) 1 110 cm3

(A) 1 000 000 cm3

(D) 60 cm3

(B) 2 000 cm3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 831: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26.

The volume of the cuboid, V = lbh Formula= 1 000 × 100 × 10 cm3 = 1 000 000

cm3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 832: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27. The length of a rectangle is tripled. By what value must the width of the rectangle be multiplied for its area to remain the same.

ANSWER

(C) (A) 3 (D) (B) 1

2

1

3

1

6

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 833: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 834: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. The area of a triangle is 31.5 cm2. If the base of the triangle is multiplied by four and the altitude is halved, then the area would be

ANSWER

(C) 63 cm2

(A) 252 cm2

(D) 15.75 cm2

(B) 126 cm2

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 835: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 836: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29.

ANSWER

The diagram shows a cylinder with radius 4 cm and height 25 cm. The volume of the cylinder is

(C) 300π cm3

(A) 100π cm3

(D) 400π cm3

(B) 200π cm3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 837: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29. The volume of thecylinder, V = π2h Formula

= π(4)2 × 25 cm3 r = 4 cm and

= π(16) × 25 cm3 h = 25 cm

= 400π cm3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 838: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30. If a sailing boat travels a distance of 2 040 km in24 hours, what was its average speed?

ANSWER

(C) 255 km/h

(A) 85 km/h

(D) 340 km/h

(B) 170 km/h

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 839: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 840: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31.

ANSWER

The pie-chart shows the preference in fruits of the students in a school. If 78 students prefer melon, then the total number of students in the school is

(C) 540(A) 312 (D) 624(B) 468

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 841: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. 45° represents 78 students

360° represent 78 students ×

= 78 students × 8

= 624 students

Hence, the total number of students in the school

is 624 students.

360

45

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 842: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. If the mode of the numbers 2, 3, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, x, 7, 7, 8 is 6, then x =

ANSWER

(C) 7(A) 5 (D) 8(B) 6

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 843: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. The mode is the number that occurs the most,so x = 6.The number 6 occurs three times.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 844: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33. An urn contains 5 blue balls and 6 green balls. A ball is picked at random from the urn and it is found to be blue. It is not replaced. What is the probability that the next ball to be taken randomly from the urn will also be blue?

ANSWER

(C) (A) (D) (B) 4

11

2

5

3

5

6

11

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 845: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33.

P (second ball is blue) 24

10 5

B G Total 5 6 11 4 6 10

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 846: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34. The ages of five students are: 15, 14, q, 16, 12 (years)If the mean age is 15 years, then q is

ANSWER

(C) 17(A) 19 (D) 16(B) 18

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 847: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 848: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. If the lower quartile of the distribution of the masses of a class of students is 28 kg and the upper quartile is 65 kg, then the semi-interquartile range is

ANSWER

(C) 55.5 kg

(A) 18.5 kg

(D) 74 kg

(B) 37 kg

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 849: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 850: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36. In a survey to determine the number of children per household, the following table was obtained.

ANSWER

If a house is visited at random, the probability that it contains exactly 2 children is

(C) (A) (D)(B)

Number of children

0 1 2 3 4 5

Frequency 8 7 6 4 2 3

2

15

1

5

1

3

2

3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 851: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36.6

(exactly 2 children)8 7 6 4 2 36

5

301

P

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 852: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. 4x − 3(x + 6) =

ANSWER

(C) 7x − 18

(A) x − 18

(D) −7x + 18

(B) x + 18

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 853: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37.

1

4 3( 6 3 1

8

) 4 8x x x x

x

Using the distributivelaw.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 854: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. 3(x + y) − 4(x − y) =

ANSWER

(C) −7x + 7y

(A) − x

(D) −7x − 7y

(B) − x + 7y

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 855: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. Use the distributive law twice.

3( ) 4( )

3 3 4 4

3 4 3

7

4

x y x y

x y x

x y

y

x x y y

Group like terms.Add like terms.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 856: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. For all a and b,

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)

( ) ( )a a b b a b 2( )ab a b 2 2a b

2 2a b 2 22a ab b

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 857: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. Factorise using (a − b) as a common factor.

This is the form of thedifference of two squares.2 2

2 2

2 2

( ) ( )

( )( )

or

( ) ( )

a a b b a b

a b a b

a b

a a b b a b

a ab ab b

a b

Use the distributive lawtwice.

Add like terms.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 858: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. 5x × 5y =

ANSWER

(C) 25xy(A) 25x+y (D) 5xy(B) 5x+y

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 859: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. 5x × 5y = 5x+y The bases are the same, so weadd the powers.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 860: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41.

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)

2 3

5 4

x x

y y

8 15

20

xy xy

xy

8 15

20

x y

xy

223

20

x

y

23

20

x

y

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 861: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. 2 3

5 4

2 (4) 3 (5) 20 204 5

20 5 4

8 15

20

23

20

x x

y y

x x y y

y y y

x x

y

x

y

The LCM of the denominators 5yand 4y is 20y.

Add the like terms in thenumerator.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 862: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42.

ANSWER

(C) −20(A) −10 (D) 10(B)

If 5 , then 30 2k

k ll

112

2

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 863: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42. * 5

3030*2 5

230,

5

2

15

10

k

k

k

l

l

l

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 864: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43.

(C) (A) (D) (B)

If 24 16 8(5 ), thenx x x 7

4

7

2

3

4

4

3

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 865: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. Use the distributive law.

Group like terms.

Add like terms.

Divide both sides by 32.

Reduce the fraction to lowest terms.

24 16 8(5 )

24 16 40 8

24 8 40 16

32 24

24

323

4

x x

x x

x x

x

x

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

So

Page 866: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Use the distributive law.

Divide both sides by 8.

Group like terms.

Add like terms.

Divide both sides by 4.

or

24 16 8(5 )

8(3 2) 8(5 )

3 2 5

3 5 2

3

4

4

3

x x

x x

x x

x x

x

x

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

So

Page 867: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44. If x is an integer which satisfies the inequalities5 < x − 3 < 7, then the value of x is

ANSWER

(C) 8(A) 5 (D) 9(B) 7

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 868: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44. Add 3 throughout the

inequality.

Add the numbers.

The only possible integeris 9.

5 3 7

5 3 7 3

8

9

10

x

x

x

x

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 869: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. Three times the square of the sum of two numbers, x and y, is 21. Which equation below describes the given statement?

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)23( ) 21x y 2(3 3 ) 21x y

2[3( )] 21x y 2( ) 3(21)x y

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 870: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. The sum of two numbers, x and y = x + y

The square of the sum of two

numbers, x and y = (x + y)2

Three times the square of the

sum of two numbers, x and y = 3(x + y)2

The equation is:

3(x + y)2 = 21

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 871: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46.

ANSWER

The graph of the inequality shown is defined by

(C) −3 < x ≤ 4

(A) −3 < x < 4

(D) −3 ≤ x < 4

(B) −3 ≤ x ≤ 4

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 872: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46.

All values from −3 to 4 are included.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 873: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47.

ANSWER

In the graph above, the shaded region is represented by

(C) {(x, y) : 2 ≤ y ≤ 4}

(A) {(x, y) : 2 ≤ x ≤ 4}

(D) {(x, y) : 2 < y < 4}

(B) {(x, y) : 2 < x < 4}

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 874: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47.

{(x, y) : 2 ≤ y ≤ 4} represents the shaded region.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 875: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48. If the real value of x which

cannot be in the domain of x is

ANSWER

(C) (A) −4 (D) 3 (B)

4 1( ) ,

3 1

xh x

x

1

4 1

3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 876: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48.4 1

If ( ) , th

1

en3 1

3 1 0

1

3

3

xh x

xx

x

x

since division by 0 is undefined.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

So

Page 877: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49.

ANSWER

(C)

(A) −19

(D)

(B)

5 4If ( ) , then ( 9)

3

xf x f

116

3

116

3

213

3

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 878: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49. 5 4( )

35( 9) 4

( 9)3

45 4

349

31

163

xf x

f

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 879: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. Which of the following sets is represented by therelation g: x x2 − 1?

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)

{(0, 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8)}{(0, 1), (1, 0), (2, 5), (3, 10)}{(0, 1), (1, 0), (2, 4), (3, 9)}{(0, 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8)}

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 880: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. 2

2

2

2

2

( ) 1

(0) 0 1 0 1 1 (0, 1)

(1) 1 1 1 1 0 (1, 0)

(2) 2 1 4 1 3 (2, 3)

(3) 3 1 9 1 8 (3, 8)

g x x

g

g

g

g

The required set = {(0, 1), (1,0), (2,3), (3,8)}

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 881: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51.

ANSWER

The relation diagram shown represents a

(C) many–1relation

(A) 1–1 relation

(D) many-to-many relation

(B) 1–many relation

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 882: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51.

The relation diagram represents a 1– many relation

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 883: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52.

ANSWER

In the figure above, AB and CD are parallel. The relation between x and y is

(C) x + y < 180

(A) x + y = 180

(D) x > y

(B) x = y

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 884: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52.

x + y = 180

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 885: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53.

ANSWER

The triangle ABC is right-angled at C. Angle CAB = 25° and AC = 18 m. If BC represents the height of a tower, then its height, in m, is

(C)

(A) 18 cos 25°

(D) 18 tan 25°

(B) 18 sin 25°

18

cos25

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 886: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 887: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

ANSWER

In the right-angled triangle above, not drawn to scale, angle R = 90°, PQ = 100 cm, PR = 90 cm and QR = h cm. tan

(C) (A) (D) (B) 9

10

10

9

90

h

h

90

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 888: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 889: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

ANSWER

In the circle ABCD above, O is the centre. Angle CAD = 37° and angle CDE = 105°. Angle ABD =

(C) 71° (A) 37° (D) 105° (B) 68°

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 890: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

So

And

Page 891: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56. Which of the following shapes does not have a line of symmetry?

ANSWER

(C)

(A)

(D)

(B)

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 892: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

These shapes each have a line of symmetry

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 893: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 894: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

In the diagram above, the image of B was obtained by a

ANSWER

(C) translation parallel to the y-axis

(A) reflection in the x-axis

(D) translation parallel to the x-axis

(B) reflection in the y-axis

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 895: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

The image of B is:

• congruent to its object• laterally inverted• the same distance away from the y-axis.

Hence, the image of B was obtained by a reflectionin the y-axis.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 896: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58. The image of the point P(5, −8) under the

translation is

ANSWER

(C) (−3, 4)

(A) (7, −12)

(D) (3, −4)

(B) (−7, 12)

2

4

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 897: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 898: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. P1 (−7, 10) is the image of P(x, y) after a reflection in the line y = x. P (x, y) is

ANSWER

(C) P(−10, −7)

(A) P(−10, 7)

(D) P(10, 7)

(B) P(10, −7)

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 899: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. 1

1

1

: ( , ) ( , )

: ( , ) ( , )

: ( 7, 1

Reflection

Inverse reflection

(10, 7)0)

y x

y x

y x

M P x y P y x

M P y x P x y

M P P

- -

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 900: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

ANSWER

In the diagram above, not drawn to scale, angle CAB = 29° and AOC is a diameter of the circle with centre O. Angle ACB =

(C) 45° (A) 61° (D) 29° (B) 58°

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 901: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60.

in a semi-circle.ˆ 90

ˆ ˆSo 9

6

90 9

1

0

2

ABC

ACB CAB

Model Exam 4 Paper 1

Page 902: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 4

MATHEMATICS

Paper 2

2 hours 40 minutes

SECTION I

Answer ALL the questions in this section

All working must be clearly shown

NEXT

Page 903: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) Using a calculator, or otherwise, determine the exact value of (4.7)2 − (7.65 ÷ 1.7). (3 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 904: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) 2(4.7) (7.65 1.7)

22.09

17.59 (exa

4

ct value

.5

)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 905: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) A total of 1 600 students attend Central High School. The ratio of teachers to students

is 1:40

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(i) How many teachers are there at the school?

Three-eights of the students own a laptop

computer.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 906: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (i) The number of teachers at the school

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 907: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(2 marks)

ANSWER

1. (b) A total of 1 600 students attend Central High School. The ratio of teachers to students

is 1:40

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(ii) How many students do not own a laptop

computer?

Thirty-six percent of the students who own a laptop computer also own a video game.

Page 908: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 909: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The number of students who do not own

a laptop computer

Hence, 1 000 students do not own a laptop computer.

Or

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 910: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (ii) The fraction of students who do not

own a laptop computer

The number of students who do not own a laptop computer = 1 600 − 600

= 1 000

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 911: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(4 marks)Total 11 marks

ANSWER

1. (b) A total of 1 600 students attend Central High School. The ratio of teachers to students

is 1:40

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(iii) What fraction of the students in theschool own a video game?

Express your answer in its lowest terms.

Page 912: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (iii) The number of students who own a

video game = 36% of 600

Hence, 216 students own a video game.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 913: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) Given that evaluate

(4 marks)

ANSWER

(i) 2 * 8

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(ii) 4 * (2 * 8)

Page 914: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) (i)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 915: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 916: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) Simplify, expressing your answer in its

simplest form(2 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 917: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 918: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) A theatre has two sections, balcony (B) andhouse (H)

Tickets for section B cost $b each.Tickets for section H cost $h each.

Paula paid $515 for 4 section B tickets and3 section H tickets.

Zuri paid $520 for 5 section B tickets and1 section H ticket.

(5 marks)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(i) Write two equations in b and h to represent the information above.

ANSWER(ii) Calculate the values of b and h.

Page 919: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

2. (c) (i) The equation for the tickets bought byPaula:4b + 3h = 515 (in dollars)

The equation for the tickets bought byZuri:5b + h = 520 (in dollars)

(ii)

Page 920: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, b = 95 and h = 45.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 921: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

3. (a) The Venn diagram below represents information on the type of games played by members of a youth club. All members of the youth club play at least one game.

(5 marks)

F represents the set of members who play football.

C represents the set of members who play cricket.

S represents the set of members who play squash.

Ada, Obi and Roy are three members of the youth club.

(i) State what game(s) is/are played bya) Adab) Obic) Roy

ANSWER(ii) Describe in words the members of the setF′ S.

Page 922: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

3. (a) (i) a) Ada played all three games. or

Ada played football, cricket and squash. b) Obi played cricket and squash. c) Roy played football.

or Roy played only football.

(ii) F′ S represents the set of members who play squash (and cricket) but

not football.

or

S C means that all members who play squash also play cricket.

So F′ S represents the set of members who play squash and cricket but not football.

Page 923: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i) Use only a pencil, a ruler and a pair of

compasses to perform the followingconstruction.a) Construct a triangle PQR in

which QR = 9.5 cm, QP = 8 cm and PQR = 60°.

(7 marks)Total 12 marks

b) Construct a line PT such that PT is perpendicular to QR and meets QR at T.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(ii) a) Measure and state the size of angle PRQ.

b) Measure and state the length of PT.

ANSWER

Page 924: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 925: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

a) Draw a horizontal line greater than 9.5 cm. Mark off a point Q. Set your compasses to a separation of 9.5 cm. With Q as centre mark off the point R to the right of the horizontal line. QR = 9.5 cm. 

With Q as centre and a suitable separation, drawn an arc to the right of Q, to intersect the horizontal line at A. With A as centre and the same separation, drawn an arc to intersect the previous arc at B. Draw a straight line passing through the points Q and B. Angle PQR = 60°. 

With a compasses separation of 8 cm and centre Q, mark off point P on QB produced. QP = 8 cm.

Draw a straight line from P to R to complete the triangle PQR.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 926: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

b) With P as centre and a suitable compasses separation, draw an arc to intersect QR at C and D. With C and D as centres, construct two arcs to intersect at E. Draw a straight line through the points P and E to intersect QR at T. PT is perpendicular to QR.

(ii) a) By measurement, the size of angle PRQ = 52°

b) By measurement, the length of PT = 7 cm.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 927: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) The diagram below shows a map of a recreation park drawn on a grid of 1 cm squares. The scale of the map is 1 : 5 000.

(6 marks)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 928: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Use the map of the recreation park, find 

(i) the distance, to the nearest metre, from St. Maria to St. Albert on the ground.

(ii) the distance, to the nearest metre, from St. Albert to St. Raymond on the ground.

(iii) the area on the ground represented by 1 cm2 on the map.

(iv) the approximate area of the recreation park on the ground, stating the answer in square metres.

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

4. (a) The diagram below shows a map of a recreation park drawn on a grid of 1

cm squares. The scale of the map is 1 : 5 000.

(6 marks)

Page 929: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 930: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The scale of 1 : 5 000 means1 cm represents 5 000 cm

So 1 cm represents 50 m

(i) The distance from St. Maria to St. Albert on the map = 5 cm

The distance from St. Maria to St. Albert on the ground = 5 × 50 m = 250 m

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 931: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) The distance from St. Albert to St. Raymond on the map = 8.6 cm

The distance from St. Albert to St. Raymond on the ground = 8.6 × 50 m

= 430 m

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 932: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) The area on the ground represented by 1 cm2 on the map = (50 m)2 = 2 500 m2

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 933: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iv) The approximate area of the recreation park on the map = (61 + 14) cm2

= 75 cm2

The approximate area of the recreation park on he ground = 75 × 2 500 m2 = 187 500 m2

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 934: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows a prism of volume 450 cm3. The cross-section ABCD is a

square. The length of the prism is 18 cm.

(5 marks)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Calculate

(i) the length of the edge AB, in cm

(ii) the total surface area of the prism, in cm2.ANSWER

Page 935: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) (i)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

The volume of the prism:

Hence, the length of the edge AB is 5 cm.

Page 936: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) The area of one rectangular surface A = lb

= 18 cm × 5 cm = 90 cm2

The total surface area of the prism, TSA = 2 × 25 cm2 + 4 × 90 cm2

= 50 cm2 × 360 cm2 = 410 cm2

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 937: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. Two variables x and y are related such that‘y varies inversely as the square root of x’.

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(a) Write an equation in x, y and k to describe the inverse variation, where k is the

constant of variation.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 938: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 939: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b)

(6 marks) ANSWER

Using the information in the table of values above, calculate the value of

x 1 f 9

y r 12

3

(i) k, the constant of variation

(ii) r

(iii) r

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 940: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b) (i)

Hence, the value of k is 2.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 941: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)

Hence, the value of r is 2.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 942: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii)

Hence, the value of f is 4.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 943: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (c) Determine the equation of the line which is parallel to the line y = 4x − 1 and passes

through the point (5, 2).

ANSWER

(4 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 944: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (c) y = 4x − 1 ⇒ m = 4

Using m = 4 and the point (5, 2), then

Hence, the equation of the line is y = 4x − 18.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 945: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) State

a) the scale factor for the enlargement.

b) the coordinates of the centre of enlargement.

L″M″N″ is the image of LMN under a

reflection in the line y = x.

(ii) Draw and label the triangle L″M″N″ on graph paper.

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

6. (a) L′M′N′ is the image of LMN under an enlargement.

(5 marks)

Page 946: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) a)

The image and the object are on the same side of the centre of enlargement.

the scale factor, k = 2.

Hence, the scale factor for the enlargement is 2.

b) The origin O(0, 0) is the centre of enlargement.

(ii) Triangle L″M″N″ was drawn on graphpaper as shown above.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

6. (a)

Page 947: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b)

ANSWER

Three parishes, P, Q, and R are such that the bearing of P from Q is O60°. R is 20 km due east of Q, and PQ = 8 km.

(i) Calculate, correct to one decimal place,

the distance PR.(ii) Given that ∠QPR = 125°, state the bearing of R from P.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(6 marks)Total 11 marks

Page 948: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b) (i)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Considering ΔPQR and using the cosine rule:

Hence, the distance PR is 13.7 km.

Page 949: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Hence, the bearing of R from P is 115°.

Page 950: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. The raw data for the number of minutes per day a class of 40 high school students spent watching TV is given below.

138 146 168 146 161 164 158 126173 145 150 140 138 142 135 132147 176 147 142 144 136 163 135150 125 148 119 153 156 149 152154 140 145 157 144 165 135 128

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 951: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a) Copy and complete the frequency table to represent this data.

ANSWER

Viewing Time in minutes Frequency118–126 3

127–135 5

136–144 9

145–153

154–162

163–171

172–180 (2 marks)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 952: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (a)Viewing Time in

minutes Frequency118–126 3

127–135 5

136–144 9

145–153 12

154–162 5

163–171 4

172–180 2

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 953: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 954: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The frequency table way copied and completed as shown above.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 955: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) Using the raw scores, determine the range for the data. (2 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 956: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) The range for the data = The largest observation

− The smallestobservation

= (176 − 119)minutes

= 57 minutes

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 957: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 5 minutes on the horizontal axis and a scale of 1cm to represent 1 student on the vertical axis, draw a frequency polygon to represent the data.

(6 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 958: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) Class mid-point (minutes) Frequency

122 3

131 5

140 9

149 12

158 5

167 4

176 2

The frequency polygon was drawn using the table with class mid-points above and the given scales.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 959: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 960: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (d) What is the probability that a student chosen from this class watched TV for less than 145 minutes?

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 961: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) The number of studentswho watched TV for = 3 + 5 + 9less than 145 minutes = 17

The total number of students = 40

P (student watched TV < 145 minutes)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 962: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. Rectangle WXYZ below represents one whole plane figure which has been divided into seven smaller parts. These parts are labelled A, B, C, D, E, F and G.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 963: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a) Copy and complete the following table, stating what fraction of the rectangle each part

represents.

ANSWER(5 marks)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 964: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a)

The table was copied and completed as shown above.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 965: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (b) Write the parts in order of the size of their perimeters.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 966: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (b)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 967: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 968: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The perimeter of F = (2 + 3 + 4+ 3.6) units = 12.6 units

The perimeter of G = 2 (3 + 2) units= 2 (5) units= 10 units

The parts in order of the size of their perimeters: G, C, B, F, D, E, A.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 969: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) The area of G is 6 square units. C, G and E are rearranged to form a trapezium.

ANSWER

(i) What is the area of the trapezium in

square units?(ii) Sketch the trapezium clearly showing the

outline of each of the three parts.(3 marks)

Total 10 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 970: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) (i) The area of the trapezium = The area of (C + G + E)

= (4 + 6 + 9) square units

= 19 square units

or

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 971: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The area of the trapezium,

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 972: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)

A sketch of the trapezium clearly showing the outline of each of the three parts is shown above.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 973: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

SECTION II

Answer TWO questions in this section

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 974: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) Given that and f (x) = x + 5

ANSWER

(i) calculate the value of g(−3)(ii) write an expression for g f (x) in

its simplest form

(iii) find the inverse function g−1(x).(7 marks)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 975: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) (i)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 976: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 977: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 978: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) The length of the rectangle below is (2x + 1) cm and its width is (x − 3) cm.

ANSWER

(i) Write an expression in the form ax2 + bx + c for the area of the rectangle.

(ii) Given that the area of the rectangle is 225 cm2, determine the value of x.

(iii) Hence, state the dimensions of the rectangle, in centimetres.

(8 marks)Total 15 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 979: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (i)

Hence, an expression in the form ax2 + bx + c for the area of the rectangle is 2x2 − 5x − 3.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 980: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) The area of the rectangle, A = (2x2 − 5x − 3) cm2 and the area of the rectangle = 225 cm2

We can form the equation of equal areas:

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 981: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, the value of x is 12.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 982: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii)

Hence the dimensions of the rectangle are 25 cm and 9 cm.

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 983: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) Given that

ANSWER

(i) express in fractional or surd form

a) cos θ

b) tan θ

(ii) Hence, determine the exact value of

(6 marks)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 984: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) Given that

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Considering a right-angled Δ and using Pythagoras’ theorem:

Page 985: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

(ii)

Page 986: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Calculate the size of each of the followingangles, giving reasons for your answer

ANSWER

(i) angle TPQ

(ii) angle MTQ

(iii) angle TQS

(iv) angle SRQ

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

10. (b)

In the diagram above, not drawn to scale, LM is a tangent to the circle at the point, T. O is the centre of the circle and angle MTS = 25°.

(9 marks)Total 15 marks

Page 987: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 988: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 989: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 990: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) Sketch the diagram above. Show the approximate positions of P and Q such that

ANSWER

P is the mid-point of OL

Q in a point on OM such that (2 marks)1

.4

OQ OM����������������������������

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

OL and OM are position vectors such thatand .

OL l��������������

OM m��������������

11.

Page 991: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a)

A sketch of the diagram is shown above.

.1

and 4

OP PL OQ OM ��������������������������������������������������������

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 992: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) Write down, in terms of l and m the vectors

ANSWER

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv) (8 marks)

ML��������������

PM��������������

LQ��������������

PQ��������������

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 993: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 994: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 995: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 996: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (c) R is the mid-point of PM. Using a vector method, prove that PQ is not parallel to

LR.

ANSWER

(5 marks)Total 15 marks

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 997: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (c)

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 998: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 999: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 1000: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

is not a multiple of , they have different directions, so PQ is not parallel to LR.PQ��������������

LR��������������

Model Exam 4 Paper 2

Page 1001: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 5MATHEMATICS

Paper 190 minutes

Answer ALL the questions

NEXT

Page 1002: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. The decimal fraction 0.35 written as a common fraction is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)7

2

1

47

2013

20

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1003: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1.100

0.35 0.35100

35

10035 5

1007

5

20

Multiply by which is 1, to write

the decimal as a common fraction.

Divide both the numerator and the

denominator by the common factor 5.

Common fraction reduced to its

lowest terms.

100

100

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1004: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. is the same as

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

23

4

6

8

8

99

162

4

3

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1005: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2.2

2

2

2

3 1

4 34

41

3

4

3

A negative power is the reciprocal of the positive power.

Inverting the fraction which is the divisor and multiplying instead.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1006: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. The number 3.142 857 143... written correct to 3 significant figures is

ANSWER

(A) 3.14

(B) 3.15

(C) 3.142

(D) 3.143

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1007: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. 3.14 2 857 143= 3.14 correct to 3 sf

The 4th significant figure which is the digit 2 is less than the digit 5, so we do not add 1 to the 3rd significant figure.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1008: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. If 60% of a number is 312, what is the number?

ANSWER

(A) 208

(B) 520

(C) 832

(D) 1 280

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1009: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1010: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. If $940 is shared in the ratio 3:5:12, then the difference between the largest and the smallest shares is

ANSWER

(A) $141

(B) $235

(C) $423

(D) $564

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1011: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The total number of equal parts = 3 + 5 + 12 = 20

The difference between the largest andsmallest shares in terms of equal parts = 12 3 = 9

So 20 equal parts = $940

9 equal parts =9

$94020

= $47 9

= $423Hence, the difference between the largest and smallest shares is $423.

5.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1012: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. Written in scientific notation 0.0057 104 is

ANSWER

(A) 5.7 103

(B) 5.7 101

(C) 5.7 103

(D) 5.7 107

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1013: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The first number must be, between 1 and 10.A negative power is the reciprocal of a positive power.The product of numbers with the same base is simplifiedby adding the powers.

6.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1014: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. What is the face value of the digit 5 in the number 45 368?

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 50

(C) 500

(D) 5 000

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1015: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. Place value 104 103 102 101 100

Face value 4 5 3 6 8

The face value is 5.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1016: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. The next term in the sequence 1, 3, 7, 13, 21 . . . is

ANSWER

(A) 27

(B) 29

(C) 31

(D) 33

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1017: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. 1, 1 + 2, 3 + 4, 7 + 6, 13 + 8, 21 + 10,The next number in the sequence is 31.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1018: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. What is the value of the digit 4 in the number 57.843?

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C) 4

(D) 400

4

100

4

10

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1019: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. Place value 101 100 101 102 103

Face value 5 7 8 4 3

The value ofthe digit 4 = Face value Place value

2

2

4 10

14

10

4

100

14

100

A negative power isthe reciprocal of thepositive power

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1020: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. What is the least number of carambolas that can be shared equally among 8, 12 or 16 children?

ANSWER

(A) 24

(B) 36

(C) 48

(D) 64

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1021: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. 2 8,12,16

2 4, 6, 8

2 2, 3, 4

2 1, 3, 2

3 1, 3, 1

1, 1, 1

The LCM of 8,12 and 16 = 2 2 2 2 3= 48

The least number of carambolas is 48.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1022: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The simple interest on $600 at 5% per annum for 3 years is given by

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

600 5$

3 100

600 3$

100 5

600 100$

3 5

600 5 3$

100

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1023: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. The simple interest,

600 5 3$

100

100

PRTI

FormulaP = $600, R = 5% and T = 3 years

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1024: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

12. A salesman is paid 4% of his sales as commission. His sales for last month were $8 700. How much commission was he paid?

ANSWER

(A) $34.80

(B) $174.00

(C) $348.00

(D) $435.00

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1025: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The commission paid 4% of $8 700

4$8 700

100$348

12.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1026: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

13. A man bought a goat for $700 and sold it for $525. What was his loss as a percentage of the cost price?

ANSWER

(A) 14.3%

(B) 20%

(C) 25%

(D) 33.3%

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1027: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The loss = $(700 525) = $175

The cost price = $700The loss as a percentage of the cost price =

= 25%

$175100%

$700

13.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1028: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. A sales tax of 8% is charged on an article marked at $140.00. How much does a customer pay for the article?

ANSWER

(A) $252.00

(B) $151.20

(C) $128.80

(D) $11.20

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1029: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

14. The sales tax = 8% of $140

= $11.20

The amount the customer pays = $(140 + 11.20)

= $151.20

8$140

100

$112

10

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1030: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

15. If the simple interest on $900 for 3 years is $108, what is the rate of interest per annum?

ANSWER

(A) 0.25%

(B) 2.8%

(C) 3.24%

(D) 4%

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1031: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

FormulaP = $900T = 3 years I = $108

15.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1032: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

16. A lot of land is valued at $50 000. Land tax is charged at the rate of $0.60 per $100 value. What is the amount payable for land tax?

ANSWER

(A) $200

(B) $300

(C) $400

(D) $500

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1033: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The number of $ 100 value =

The amount payable for land tax = $0.60 500

= $60 5

= $300

$50 000500

$10016.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1034: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

17. A customer buys a computer on hire purchase. He makes a deposit of $350 and pays 30-monthly instalments of $115.50 each. The hire purchase price of the computer is

ANSWER

(A) $495.50

(B) $3 465

(C) $3 495

(D) $3 815

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1035: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The deposit = $350

The amount of themonthly instalments = $115.50 30

= $3 465.00

The hire-purchase price = $(350 3 465.00)

= $3 815

17.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1036: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

18. The exchange rate for one United States dollar (US $1.00) is two dollars and seventy cents in Eastern Caribbean currency (EC $2.70). What is the value of US $2 000 in EC currency?

ANSWER

(A) $1 993.70

(B) $2 002.70

(C) $2 700

(D) $5 400

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1037: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

US $1.00 = EC $2.70

US $2 000 = EC $2.70 2 000

= EC $270 20

= EC $5 400

18.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1038: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19.

ANSWER

(A) (P Q)

(B) P Q

(C) Q

(D) Q P

In the Venn diagram, the shaded region represents

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1039: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

19.

The unshaded region = Q

∴ the shaded region = Q

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1040: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20. Which of the following sets is equivalent to {2, 3, 5, 7}?

ANSWER

(A) {p, q}

(B) {a, b, c}

(C) {k, l, m, n}

(D) {p, q, r, s, t}

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1041: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

20.

1 1 correspondence

The two sets are equivalent, since they have the same number of elements there exists a one-to-one correspondence.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1042: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 12

(C) 23

(D) 35

In the Venn diagram, if n(X) = 28, n(Y) = 17 and n(X Y) = 40, then n(X Y) =

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1043: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

21.

n(X Y) = n(X) + n(Y) n(X Y) Formula

40 = 28 + 17 n(X Y)

40 = 45 n(X Y)

n(X Y) = 45 40

= 5

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1044: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. If P = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13}, Q = {3, 7, 13} and R = {2, 3, 7}, then P Q R =

ANSWER

(A) { }

(B) {3, 7 }

(C) {2, 5, 11}

(D) {5, 11, 13}

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1045: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

22. P Q = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13} {3, 7, 13}

= {3, 7, 13} Common elements

(P Q) R = {3, 7, 13} {2, 3, 7} = {3, 7}

= P Q R Common elements

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1046: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23. The circumference of a circular table-top is 110 cm.

Given that , then the radius of the circular

table-top, in centimeters, is

ANSWER

(A)

(B) 35

(C) 70

(D) 172

22π

7

117

2

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1047: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

23.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1048: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

24. A man leaves piarco Airport at 21:45 h and reaches Miami International Airport at 03:15 h the next day. How many hours did the journey take?

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B)

(C)

(D) 25

15

21

182

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1049: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The number of hoursto midnight = (24:00 21:45) h

= 2 h 15 min

The number of hoursfor the journey = 2 h 15 min + 3 h 15 min

= 5 h 30 min

= 1

5 h2

24.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1050: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25. A woman takes 30 minutes to drive to Cheddi Jagan International Airport which is 26 km away from her home. Her speed in km per hour is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

26 60

1 30

30 1

26 60

30 60

26 1

26 30

60 1

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1051: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

25.

Substitute the value for d and for t.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1052: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26.

ANSWER

(A) 42 cm

(B) 44 cm

(C) 46 cm

(D) 48 cm

The perimeter of the shape is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1053: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

26.

The perimeter, P = (14 + 2 + 5 + 7 + 4 + 7 + 5 + 2) cm

= 46 cm

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1054: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27.

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

The figure above shows a sector of a circle centre O. The radius of the circle is 7 cm and the sector angle is 60°. The perimeter of the sector OPQ is

22Take π

7

228 cm

3

121 cm

3

122 cm

32

27 cm3

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1055: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

27. The length of the arc PQ,

θ2π

36022 60

2 7 cm7 360

12 22 cm

622

cm

7 c3

31

m

l r

FormulaSubstitute each valuefor , r and .

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1056: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The perimeter of the sector OPQ

121 cm

3

2

17 2 7 cm

3

17 14 cm

3

l r

Substitute the valuefor l and for r.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1057: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. Which of the following drawings represents a uniform solid?

ANSWER

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1058: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

28. The wedge is a uniform solid, since its ends or cross-section are identical.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1059: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29.

ANSWER

(A) 36 cm2

(B)

(C) 45 cm2

(D) 48 cm2

The area of the parallelogram PQRS is

2140 cm

2

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1060: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

29.

The area of parallelogramPQRS, A = bh

= 9 4 cm2

= 36 cm2

Formula

Substitute the valuefor b and for h.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1061: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30. If a square has the same area as a rectangle with sides 20 cm and 5 cm, then the length of a side of the square is

ANSWER

(A) 17.5 cm

(B) 15 cm

(C) 12.5 cm

(D) 10 cm

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1062: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

30.

The area of the rectangle,

A = lb

= 20 5 cm2

= 100 cm2

Substitute thevalue for l and for b.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1063: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1064: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. Each of the letters of the word ‘STATISTICS’ is written on a slip of paper. One slip is randomly drawn. What is the probability of drawing a letter ‘S’?

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)3

5

1

103

101

5

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1065: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

31. The number of letter ‘S’ = 3

The total number of letters = 10

P(letter is an S) = 3

10

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1066: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. A man throws a die twice. What is the probability that he will throw a ‘6’ followed by an odd number?

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

1

10

7

12

1

125

12

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1067: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

32. The two eventsare independent.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1068: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33.

ANSWER

(A) 55 and 59

(B) 54 and 60

(C) 54.5 and 59.5

(D) 54.5 and 59

The masses of 30 children were measured, to the nearest kg. The information is shown in the grouped frequency table above. The class boundaries of the class interval 55–59 are

Mass (kg) 40–44 45–49 50–54 55–59Frequency 5 8 13 4

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1069: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

33. 50 54 55 59 60 64

54.5 59.5

54 55The lower class boundary, LCB

254.5

59 60The upper class boundary, UCB

259.5

+=

=

+=

=

Hence, the class boundaries are 54.5 and 59.5.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1070: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34. The mean of a number of plums is 7. If x = 63, how many plums were used in the calculation of the mean?

ANSWER

(A) 3

(B) 6

(C) 9

(D) 12

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1071: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

34.

Formula

Substitute the value for and for x.Multiplying both sides by n.

Dividing both sides by 7.

x

The mean, 7

and 63

Now

63So 7

i.e. 7 63

9

63

7

x

x

xx

n

nn

n

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1072: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, 9 plums were used in the calculation of the mean.

Items 35–36 refer to the scores in the following box.

12 13 5 88 10 7 4

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1073: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

35. The mode of the scores presented in the box is

ANSWER

(A) 7

(B) 8

(C) 10

(D) 13

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1074: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The score 8 occurs two times.

The mode = 8.

35.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1075: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36. The median of the scores presented in the box is

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 7

(C) 8

(D) 12

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1076: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

36. The scores in ascending order:

4, 5, 7, 8, 8, 10,12,13

Middle values

2

8 8The median scor ,

28

e Q

+=

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1077: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. The expression ‘y is equal to the square root of x’ can be written as

ANSWER

(A) y = 2x

(B)

(C) y = x2

(D) y2 = x

y x

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1078: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

37. The square root of

The equation is:

x x

y x

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1079: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. The expression 5(x 3) =

ANSWER

(A) 5x + 15

(B) 5x 15

(C) 5x + 15

(D) 5x 15

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1080: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

38. 5(x 3) = 5 x 5 (3)

= 5x + 15

Negative times positive is negative. Negative times negative is positive.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1081: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. The expression (2a)4 =

ANSWER

(A) 16a4

(B) 2a4

(C) 16a

(D) 8a4

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1082: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

39. 4

4

4

(2 ) 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2

1

6

6

1

a a a a a

a a a

a

a

a

Expanding using themeaning of the 4th power.Grouping like terms.Multiplying like terms.Simplifying.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1083: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40. If then 6 o (2) =

ANSWER

(A)

(B) 9

(C) 3

(D)

2

ο ,p

p qp q

9

2

1

2

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1084: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

40.2

2

Substitue

ο

66 ο ( 2)

6 ( 2)

36

6 23

6 and

9

2

6

8

2

pp

p q

qp q

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1085: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. If F = mv2; when m = 80 and v = 12, then F =

ANSWER

(A) 480

(B) 960

(C) 2 850

(D) 5 760

1

2

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1086: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

41. 2

2 Substitute the valuefor a

1

21

(80) (12)2

nd

40 (14 )

.

5 0

4

76

m v

F mv

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1087: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42. If 9x 40 = 10 x, then x =

ANSWER

(A) 5

(B) 5

(C)

(D)

33

4

33

4

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1088: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

42.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1089: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. Robert buys $x worth of gas each month. In December, he bought $8 less than twice the regular worth. The worth of gas he bought in December is

ANSWER

(A) $(8 2x)

(B) $(2x 8)

(C) $8x

(D) $16x

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1090: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

43. Twice the regular worth of gas = $x 2= $2x

$8 less than twice the regular worth of gas = $(2x 8)

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1091: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44. If V = 4R2, then R is

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)4π

V

1

2 π

V

VR

21

2 π

V

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1092: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

44.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

So

Page 1093: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. Using the distributive law, (p r) (q r) is

ANSWER

(A) p(q r)

(B) pq r2

(C) (p q)r

(D) pqr2

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1094: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

45. (p r) (q r)

= (p q)r

r is a common factor.Factorising using thedistributive law.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1095: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46. Which of the following equations represents a straight line?

ANSWER

(A) y = x2 1

(B) y = 5 2x

(C)

(D) y = 2 + 3x 5x2

2y

x

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1096: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

46. y = 5 2x

So y = 2x + 5

It is in the form y = mx + c, which is the equation of a straight line.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1097: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

47. If g(x) = x2 x + 3, the g(4) =

ANSWER

(A) 17

(B) 9

(C) 15

(D) 23

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1098: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2

2

( ) 3

( 4) ( 4) ( 4) 3

16 4 3

23

g x x x

g

47. Substitute –4 for x.The square of a numberis always positive.Negative timesnegative is positive.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1099: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48.

ANSWER

(A) one-to-one

(B) one-to-many

(C) many-to-one

(D) many-to-many

The relationship that best describes the arrow diagram is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1100: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

48.

The relationship that best describes the arrowdiagram is one-to-many.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1101: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

ANSWER

49. Which of the following graphs is that of a function?

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1102: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

49. Using the vertical line test for a function, graph (A) is the graph of a function.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1103: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. The range of f: x x3 for the domain {3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2}

ANSWER

(A) {3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2}

(B) {9, 6, 3, 0, 3, 6}

(C) {0, 1, 8, 27}

(D) {27, 8, 1, 0, 1, 8}

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1104: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

50. 3

3

3

3

3

3

3

:

: 3 ( 3) 27

: 2 ( 2) 8

: 1 ( 1) 1

: 0 0 0

:1 1 1

: 2 2 8

f x x

f

f

f

f

f

f

The range of ƒ = {27, 8, 1, 0, 1, 8}

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1105: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51. What is the gradient of the straight line 3y = 5 6x?

ANSWER

(A) 2

(B)

(C)

(D)5

3

1

2

3

5

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1106: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

51.

is in the

3 5 6

3 6 5

6 5

3 35

23

The gradient,

form

2.

y x

y x

y x

y x

m

y mx c

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1107: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52. P(3, 8) is the image of P(9, 5) under a translation T. T is represented by the column matrix

ANSWER

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 16

13

6

13

6

13

1

16

3

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1108: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

52.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

3 9

8 5

3 9

8 5

6

13

T P P

T P P

Page 1109: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53. A ship was travelling on a bearing of 180º. In what direction was it travelling?

ANSWER

(A) North

(B) South

(C) East

(D) West

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1110: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

53.

The ship was travelling due south.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1111: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

ANSWER

(A) (1, 2) (B) (1, 2)

(C) (1, 2) (D) (3, 2)

ABC is rotated through 180º about the origin as centre. The coordinates of the image of A under the transformation is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1112: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

54.

Hence, the coordinates of the image of A are (1, 2).

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1113: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

ANSWER

(A) 45

(B) 120

(C) 135

(D) 150

In the figure above, O is the centre of the circle.The magnitude of angle PQR is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1114: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

55.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Sum of in a

circle.

at centre 2.

135 at aircumferenc

ˆ (reflex) 360 90

270

e

270ˆ

.2

POR

PQ

s

R

Page 1115: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

ANSWER

(A) 45 cos 48°

(B) 5 sin 48

(C) 9 sin 48

(D) 45 sin 48

In the parallelogram ABCD, AB = 9 cm, BC = 5 cm and angle ABC = 48º. The area of the parallelogram ABCD, in cm2, is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1116: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

56.

The area of the parallelogram ABCD,

A = ab sin C Formula

= 9 5 sin 48° cm2

= 45 sin 48° cm2

Two sides and the included angle.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1117: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

ANSWER

(A) (1.5 + 15 cos 30°) m

(B) (1.5 + 15 sin 30°) m

(C) (1.5 + 15 tan 30°) m

(D) 15 tan 30° m

TAB represents a tower. The height of the tower, TB, is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1118: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

57.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

1.5 m

tan 3015 m

So 15 m tan 30

15 tan 30 m

And

15 tan 30 1

1.5 15 tan 3

.5 m

0 m

AB

TA

TA

TB TA AB

Page 1119: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

ANSWER

(A) 311°

(B) 131°

(C) 98°

(D) 49°

AC and DE are straight lines intersecting at B.Angle CBE = 49º. The size of angle CBD is

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1120: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

58.

Sum of s on a st line.

Subtracting 49° from both sides.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

ˆ 49 180

ˆ 180 49

131

CBD

CBD

Page 1121: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Items 59–60 refer to the diagram below. OAB isa right-angled triangle.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1122: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59. OA B is the image of OAB under an enlargement by a scale factor of 3. The coordinates of the points A and B are

ANSWER

(A) (0, 2) and (3, 0)

(B) (0, 3) and (6, 0)

(C) (0, 3) and (4, 0)

(D) (0, 4) and (8, 0)

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1123: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

59.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1124: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

60. Area of OAB : Area of OA B =

ANSWER

(A) 1:9

(B) 1:6

(C) 1:3

(D) 1:1.5

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1125: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Area of OAB: Area of OAB = 1:9

60.

Model Exam 5 Paper 1

Page 1126: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

CSEC MODEL EXAMINATION 5

MATHEMATICS

Paper 2

2 hours 40 minutes

SECTION I

Answer ALL the questions in this section

All working must be clearly shown

NEXT

Page 1127: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) Using a calculator, or otherwise, determine

the value of (15.4)2 − (0.217 ÷ 7) and write

the answer(2 marks)

ANSWER

(i) exactly

(ii) correct to two significant figures.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1128: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (a) (i) (15.4)2 − (0.217 ÷ 7)

= 237.16 − 0.031

= 237.129

Squaring anddividingSubtracting(exactly)

(ii) 23

7 .129

= 240

The third significant figure,7, is greater than 5, so weadd 1 to the 3.(correct to two significantfigures)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1129: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Calculate

ANSWER

(i) the values of k and l(ii) the book value of the Private Car after 2 years.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

(6 marks)

1. (b) The table below gives information on the book values and the rates of depreciation for two motor vehicles.

Motor Vehicle

Initial Book Value

Annual Rate of

Depreciation

Book Value after One Year

Taxi $75 000 15% $kPrivate car $90 000 l% $81 000

Page 1130: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (b) (i) The book valueof the Taxi afterone year, $k = (100 − 15)% of

$75 000= 85% of $75 000= 0.85 × $75 000= $63 750

the value of k is 63 750

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1131: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The amount of thedepreciation ofthe Private Carafter one year = $(90 000 – 81

000)= $9 000

The rate of depreciation of

the Private Car, l%

the value of l is 10.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1132: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) The book value of thePrivate Car after one year = $81

000

The book valueof the PrivateCar aftertwo years = (100 − 10)% of

$81 000 = 90% of $81 000 = 0.9 × $81 000 = $72 900

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1133: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (c) GUY $1.00 = US $0.005 andJAM $1.00 = US $0.011Calculate the value of

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(i) GUY $80 000 in US $

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

(ii) US $385 in JAM $. (2 marks)Total 12 marks

Page 1134: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

1. (c) (i) GUY $1.00 = US $0.005GUY $80 000 = US $0.005× $80 000

= US $400

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

(ii)

Page 1135: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a) Simplify

(3 marks)

ANSWER

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1136: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (a)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1137: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) (i) Factorise

(1 mark)

ANSWER

a) p2 − 7p

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

b) p2 − 640 (1 mark)

(ii) Simplify (3 marks)

Page 1138: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) (i) a)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

b)

Page 1139: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1140: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) Three DVDs and two Blue-ray discs cost $421, while two DVDs and one Blue-ray

disccost $242.

(2 marks)

ANSWER

(i) Given that one DVD costs $d and one

Blue-ray disc costs $b, write two equations

in b and d to represent the information.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

(ii) Calculate the cost of one Blue-ray disc. (2 marks)Total 12 marks

Page 1141: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

2. (c) (i) The cost of one DVD = $dThe cost of one Blue-ray disc = $b

The two equations in b and d are:

3d + 2b= 421 (in dollars)

2d + b= 242 (in dollars)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1142: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, the cost of one Blue-ray disc is $116.

2. (c) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1143: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1144: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Giving the reason for each step of your

answer, calculate the size of

ANSWER

(2 marks)(i) LNK

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

3. (a) In the quadrilateral KLMN, not drawn to scale, KL = LN = LM, NKL = 35° and KLM = 140°.

(ii) NLM(iii) KNM

(2 marks)

(2 marks)

Page 1145: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) LNK = NKL = 35°Base s ofisoscelesΔ KLN

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

3. (a)

Page 1146: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) (ii) KLN = 180° − (35° + 35°) = 180° − 70°= 110°

NLM = 140° − 110°= 30°

Sum of the s of a Δ

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1147: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (a) (iii)

= 75°

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1148: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) Copy and complete the Venn diagram torepresent the information.

ANSWER(5 marks)Total 11 marks

(ii) Write an expression in x for the number of students in the survey.

(iii) Calculate the value of x.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

3. (b) In a survey of a class of 38 students, it was found that

15 like Karate12 like Judox like Karate and Judo2x like neither Karate nor Judo.

K is the set of students in the survey who like Karate, and J is the set of students who like Judo.

Page 1149: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

3. (b) (i)

The Venn diagram represent the information given.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1150: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) The number of students in the survey

= 15 − x + x + 12 – x + 2x= 2x + x – x – x + 15 + 12 = x + 27

(iii) The number ofstudents in the survey = 38So x + 27 = 38i.e. x = 38 − 27

= 11

Hence, the value of x is 11.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1151: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a) Using a ruler, a pencil and a pair of compasses, construct the triangle ABC

in which AB = 10 cm, BAC = 60°, and AC = 7 cm.

ANSWER

(4 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1152: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (a)

Construct AB = 10 cm, then BAC = 60°.Construct AC = 7 cm, then complete the ΔABC.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1153: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) Measure and state the length of BC.

ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1154: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (b) By measurement, the length of BC = 8.9 cm

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1155: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (c) Find the perimeter of Δ ABC.

ANSWER

(1 mark)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1156: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (c) The perimeter of ΔABC = (10 + 7 + 8.9) cm

= 25.9 cm

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1157: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (d) Construct on your diagram the line CD which is perpendicular to AB, and

meets AB at D.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1158: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (d)

The line CD which is perpendicular to AB was constructed in the preceding diagram.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1159: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (e) Determine the length of CD.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1160: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (e) Considering the right-angled ΔCAD:

Hence, the length of CD is 6.1 cm.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1161: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (f) Calculate the area of ΔABC, giving your

answer correct to one decimal place.

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 12 marks

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1162: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

4. (f)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1163: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Or

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1164: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Or

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1165: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Use the graph to determine the(a) values of a and b which define the domain of

the graph

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

5. The diagram below shows the graph of the function f (x) = 2 − x − x2 for a ≤ x ≤ b. The tangent to the graph at (1, 0) is also drawn.

Page 1166: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (a) From the graph, the domain is −3 ≤ x ≤ 2.

The value of a is −3; this value is obtained from the left-hand side of the graph.

The value of b is 2; this value is obtained from the right-hand side

of the graph.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1167: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) values of x for which x2 + x − 2 = 0

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

5. The diagram below shows the graph of the function f (x) = 2 − x − x2 for a ≤ x ≤ b. The tangent to the graph at (1, 0) is also drawn.

Page 1168: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (b) Since f (x) = 2 − x − x2,if f (x) = 0, then

0 = 2 − x − x2

So x2 + x – 2 = 0

The solution to the quadratic equation are the

intercepts on the x-axis of the graph.

Hence, x = −2 or x = 1.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1169: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) coordinates of the maximum point on thegraph

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

5. The diagram below shows the graph of the function f (x) = 2 − x − x2 for a ≤ x ≤ b. The tangent to the graph at (1, 0) is also drawn.

Page 1170: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (c) The coordinates of the maximum point on the

graph are

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1171: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(d) gradient of f (x) = 2 − x − x2 at x = 1

ANSWER

(3 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

5. The diagram below shows the graph of the function f (x) = 2 − x − x2 for a ≤ x ≤ b. The tangent to the graph at (1, 0) is also drawn.

Page 1172: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (d) Using the points (0, 3) and (3, −6) on the tangent to the graph, then the gradient of

the tangent, m

Hence, the gradient of f (x) = 2 − x − x2 at x = 1 is –3.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1173: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(e) values of x for which 2 − x − x2 > −2, where x is a whole number. ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

5. The diagram below shows the graph of the function f (x) = 2 − x − x2 for a ≤ x ≤ b. The tangent to the graph at (1, 0) is also drawn.

Page 1174: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

5. (e) Draw the line f (x) = −2, then the values of x for which 2 − x

− x2 > −2 is given by the inequality −2.6 ≤ x ≤ 1.6.

Since x is a whole number, then the possible values of x are 0, 1.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1175: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) Copy the diagram and indicate on the diagram, the distances x km, (x + 2) km and 10 km. ANSWER

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

6. A man walks x km due north, from point K to point L. He then walks (x + 2) km due west from point L to point M. The distance along a straight line from K to M is 10 km. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows the relative positions of K, L and M. The direction of north and west are also shown.

(2 marks)

Page 1176: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (a)

The diagram was copied and the distancesindicated as shown above.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1177: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) Apply Pythagoras’ theorem to the diagram to obtain an equation in x. Show that the equation can be

simplified to x2 + 2x – 48 = 0.ANSWER

(3 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

6. A man walks x km due north, from point K to point L. He then walks (x + 2) km due west from point L to point M. The distance along a straight line from K to M is 10 km. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows the relative positions of K, L and M. The direction of north and west are also shown.

Page 1178: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (b) Using Pythagoras’ theorem:

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1179: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) Solve the equation and state the distance KL. ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

6. A man walks x km due north, from point K to point L. He then walks (x + 2) km due west from point L to point M. The distance along a straight line from K to M is 10 km. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows the relative positions of K, L and M. The direction of north and west are also shown.

Page 1180: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (c)

Hence, the distance KL is 6 km.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1181: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(d) Determine the bearing of K from M. ANSWER(4 marks)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

6. A man walks x km due north, from point K to point L. He then walks (x + 2) km due west from point L to point M. The distance along a straight line from K to M is 10 km. The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows the relative positions of K, L and M. The direction of north and west are also shown.

Page 1182: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

6. (d)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1183: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, the bearing of K from M is 126.9°.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1184: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(a) Copy and complete the mid-interval valuescolumn.

ANSWER

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

7. In an experiment, the mass of 100 children were recorded in kilograms as shown in the table below.

Mass in kilograms Frequency

Mid-Interval Values (kg)

5–9 5 7

10–14 23 12

15–19 29

20–24 14

25–29 13

30–34 11

35–39 5

(1 mark)

Page 1185: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Mid-IntervalValues (kg)

7

12

17

22

27

32

37

7. (a)The mid-intervalvalues column wascopied and completedas shown.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1186: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) (i) Calculate an estimate of the mean mass

of the 100 children.

ANSWER(3 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

7. In an experiment, the mass of 100 children were recorded in kilograms as shown in the table below.

Mass in kilograms Frequency

Mid-Interval Values (kg)

5–9 5 7

10–14 23 12

15–19 29

20–24 14

25–29 13

30–34 11

35–39 5

Page 1187: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (b) (i)

Frequency f

Mid-Interval Values (kg)

x fx 5 7 35

23 12 276

29 17 493

14 22 308

13 27 351

11 32 352

5 37 185 n = f = 100 fx = 2 000

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1188: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

An estimate of themean mass of the100 children,

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1189: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(b) (ii) Draw a frequency polygon to represent

the mass of the children.

ANSWER(5 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

7. In an experiment, the mass of 100 children were recorded in kilograms as shown in the table below.

Mass in kilograms Frequency

Mid-Interval Values (kg)

5–9 5 7

10–14 23 12

15–19 29

20–24 14

25–29 13

30–34 11

35–39 5

Page 1190: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The frequency polygon above represents the mass of the children.

7. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1191: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(c) Calculate the probability that a student chosen at random from the experimental group had a mass of 25 kg or more.

ANSWER(2 marks)Total 11 marks

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

7. In an experiment, the mass of 100 children were recorded in kilograms as shown in the table below.

Mass in kilograms Frequency

Mid-Interval Values (kg)

5–9 5 7

10–14 23 12

15–19 29

20–24 14

25–29 13

30–34 11

35–39 5

Page 1192: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

7. (c) The number of children witha mass of 25 kg or more =

13 + 11 + 5= 29

The total number of children = 100

P (student’s mass $ 25 kg)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1193: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. The first three diagrams in a sequence are shown below.Diagram 1 has four disks forming a square pattern.

Diagram 2 is a square pattern formed by using five additional disks.

Diagram 3 is a square pattern formed by using seven additional disks.

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

(a) Draw Diagram 4 in the sequence.ANSWER

Page 1194: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (a)

Diagram 4 in the sequence can be seen above.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1195: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (b) Complete the table by inserting the appropriate values at

the rows marked (i), (ii) and (iii).

ANSWER

(6 marks)

Diagram Number

Number of Disks Forming

the Square

Number of Additional

Disks Forming the

Square

Pattern for Calculating the

Number of Additional Disks

1 2 × 2 ~ ~2 3 × 3 5 2 × 3 − 13 4 × 4 7 2 × 4 − 14 5 × 5 — —— 8 × 8 15 —n (n + 1) (n + 1) — —

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1196: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (b)

The completed table can be seen above.

Diagram Number

Number of Disks Forming

the Square

Number of Additional

Disks Forming the

Square

Pattern for Calculating the

Number of Additional Disks

1 2 × 2 ~ ~2 3 × 3 5 2 × 3 − 13 4 × 4 7 2 × 4 − 14 5 × 5 9 2 × 5 − 17 8 × 8 15 2 × 8 − 1n (n + 1) (n + 1) (n + 1) + n 2(n + 1) − 1

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1197: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) Hence, determine a formula consisting of a

single term in n for calculating the total number of disks, N, in a diagram.

ANSWER

(2 marks)Total 10 marks

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1198: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

8. (c) The total number of disks in a diagram,

Hence, the formula is N = (n + 1)2.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1199: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

SECTION II

Answer TWO questions in this section

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1200: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a) Solve the pair of simultaneous equations y = x + 3

y = x2

ANSWER

(5 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1201: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (a)

where a = 1, b = −1 and c = −3.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1202: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Using the quadratic formula:

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1203: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1204: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Hence, x = 2.30 or x = −1.30

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1205: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) Write an expression, in terms of l and x, for the length of the strip of wire.

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

9. (b) A strip of wire of length 58 cm is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent to form a square of

side x cm. The other piece is bent to form arectangle of length l cm and width 5 cm.

The diagrams below, not drawn to scale, show the square and the rectangle.

Page 1206: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (i) The length of thestrip of wire = [4x + 2l +

2(5)] cm= (4x + 2l + 10) cm

An expression, in terms of l and x, for the

length of the strip of wire is 4x + 2l + 10.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1207: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Show that l = 24 − 2x

ANSWER(2 marks)

The sum of the areas of the square and the rectangle is represented by A.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

9. (b) A strip of wire of length 58 cm is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent to form a square of

side x cm. The other piece is bent to form arectangle of length l cm and width 5 cm.

The diagrams below, not drawn to scale, show the square and the rectangle.

Page 1208: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1209: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) Show that A = x2 − 10x + 120.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

9. (b) A strip of wire of length 58 cm is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent to form a square of

side x cm. The other piece is bent to form arectangle of length l cm and width 5 cm.

The diagrams below, not drawn to scale, show the square and the rectangle.

Page 1210: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (iii) The sum of the areasof the square andthe rectangle

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1211: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iv) Calculate the values of x for which A = 96. ANSWER(4 marks)

Total 15 marks

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

9. (b) A strip of wire of length 58 cm is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent to form a square of

side x cm. The other piece is bent to form arectangle of length l cm and width 5 cm.

The diagrams below, not drawn to scale, show the square and the rectangle.

Page 1212: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

9. (b) (iv)

Hence, the values of x are 4 and 6.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1213: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) The diagram below, not drawn to scale, shows a vertical cellphone tower, TF, and a vertical antenna, WT, mounted on the

top of the tower.

A point P is on the same horizontal ground as F, such that PF = 30 m, and the angles of elevation of T and W from P are 42° and 55° respectively.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1214: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (i) Copy and label the diagram clearly showing

a) the distance 30 m

b) the angles of 42° and 55°

c) any right angles.

ANSWER

(7 marks) (ii) Calculate the length of the antenna WT.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1215: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (i)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1216: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

The diagram was copied and labelledabove, clearly showinga) the distance 30 mb) the angles of 42° and 55°c) the right angle TFP

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1217: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (a) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1218: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Considering the right-angled ΔPWF:

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1219: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Considering the right-angled ΔPTF:

The length of the antenna WT = WF − TF= (42.8 − 27) m= 15.8 m

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1220: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) The diagram below, not drawn to scale,shows a circle with centre O. The lines

BDand DCE are tangents to the circle. AngleBCD = 65°

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1221: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Calculate, giving reasons for each step ofyour answer.

ANSWER

(8 marks)Total 15 marks

(i) OCE

(ii) BAC

(iii) BOC

(iv) BDC

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1222: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1223: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (i)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1224: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1225: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (iii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1226: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

10. (b) (iv)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1227: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a) The value of the

determinant of M = is 22.

ANSWER

(3 marks)(i) Calculate the value of x.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1228: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a) (i) The value of the determinant of M,

Hence, the value of x is 3.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1229: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) For this value of x, find M–1.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

11. (a) The value of the

determinant of M = is 22.

Page 1230: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a) (ii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1231: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) Show that M–1 M = I.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

11. (a) The value of the

determinant of M = is 22.

Page 1232: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (a) (iii)

Hence M –1 M = I.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1233: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) The graph shows the line segment AC andits image A′C′ after a transformation by the

matrix

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1234: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1235: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) Write in the form of a single 2 × 2 matrix,the coordinates ofa) A and C ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

11. (b) The graph shows the line segment AC andits image A′C′ after a transformation by the

matrix

Page 1236: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (i) a)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1237: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(i) b) A′ and C′.

ANSWER

(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

11. (b) The graph shows the line segment AC andits image A′C′ after a transformation by the

matrix

Page 1238: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (i) b)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1239: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(ii) Using matrixes only, write an equation torepresent the transformation of AC intoA′C′.

ANSWER(2 marks)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

11. (b) The graph shows the line segment AC andits image A′C′ after a transformation by the

matrix

Page 1240: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (ii) The matrix equation that represents thetransformation of AC onto A′C′ is:

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1241: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

(iii) Determine the values of p, q, r and s.

ANSWER(2 marks)Total 15 marks

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

11. (b) The graph shows the line segment AC andits image A′C′ after a transformation by the

matrix

Page 1242: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

11. (b) (iii)

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1243: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Equating corresponding elements in the first row:

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1244: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Substituting −1 for p in :

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1245: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Equating corresponding elements in the second row:

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1246: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Substituting 0 for r in :

Hence, p = −1, q = 0, r = 0 and s = 1.

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

Page 1247: Mathematics model exam_vol-2_ppt_design

Model Exam 5 Paper 2

MATHEMATICS: A COMPLETE COURSE WITH CXC QUESTIONSText © Raymond ToolsieFirst Published in 1996Reprinted in 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003Second Edition November 2004Third Edition 2009

ISBN: 976-8014-13-0

Reprinted in 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008by Eniath’s Printing Company Limited6 Gaston Street, Lange Park, Chaguanas,Trinidad, West IndiesDesigned by: diacriTech, www.diacritech.com

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form by photostat, microfilm, xerography, or any other means, or incorporated into an information retrieval system, electronic or mechanical, without the written permission of the copyright owner.

CARIBBEAN EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHERS LTD.,Teddy’s Shopping Centre, Gulf View Link Road,Gulf View, La Romaine, Trinidad, West Indiesemail: [email protected], Telephone: 868 657 9613 Fax: 868 652 5620

Caribbean Educational Publishers Ltd.